WO2021062831A1 - 基于前导码的定位方法和设备 - Google Patents

基于前导码的定位方法和设备 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021062831A1
WO2021062831A1 PCT/CN2019/109760 CN2019109760W WO2021062831A1 WO 2021062831 A1 WO2021062831 A1 WO 2021062831A1 CN 2019109760 W CN2019109760 W CN 2019109760W WO 2021062831 A1 WO2021062831 A1 WO 2021062831A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
random access
access channel
network device
indication information
message
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/109760
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
于莹洁
黄甦
王艺
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to CN201980100858.6A priority Critical patent/CN114503703B/zh
Priority to PCT/CN2019/109760 priority patent/WO2021062831A1/zh
Priority to EP19947762.1A priority patent/EP4040872A4/en
Publication of WO2021062831A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021062831A1/zh
Priority to US17/709,142 priority patent/US20220225426A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W64/00—Locating users or terminals or network equipment for network management purposes, e.g. mobility management
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/10—Scheduling measurement reports ; Arrangements for measurement reports
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W56/00—Synchronisation arrangements
    • H04W56/001—Synchronization between nodes
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W64/00—Locating users or terminals or network equipment for network management purposes, e.g. mobility management
    • H04W64/003—Locating users or terminals or network equipment for network management purposes, e.g. mobility management locating network equipment
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00—Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08—Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
    • H04W74/0833—Random access procedures, e.g. with 4-step access

Definitions

  • This application relates to communication technology, and in particular to a positioning method and device based on a preamble.
  • 5G fifth-generation mobile communication technology
  • terminal equipment needs to be positioned.
  • a network device can send a sounding reference signal (SRS) to a terminal device, and further, the network device performs a sounding reference signal (SRS) on the terminal device through the SRS signal. Positioning.
  • SRS sounding reference signal
  • the way to locate a terminal device through SRS signals can only be a network device to locate the terminal device, that is, the network device can only locate the terminal device based on the SRS signal sent by the current network device.
  • the way a network device locates terminal equipment is not accurate; in 5G, the positioning requirements for terminal equipment are more accurate and precise. Therefore, based on the SRS signal method, terminal equipment cannot be accurately and accurately positioned. Positioning.
  • This application provides a positioning method and device based on a preamble to solve the problem that the terminal device cannot be accurately and precisely positioned.
  • this application provides a preamble-based positioning method, including:
  • the positioning management network element receives first indication information from the first network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first random access channel resource;
  • the positioning management network element sends second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate a second random access channel resource, and the second indication information is also used to instruct the terminal device to send a message to the first
  • the network device and the at least one second network device send the preamble;
  • the positioning management network element receives measurement information from the first network device and each of the second network devices, and the measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by the network device;
  • the location management network element determines the location of the terminal device according to the measurement information.
  • the terminal device can use the random access channel resource to send the preamble to the serving network device and the neighboring network device, and then the terminal
  • the equipment is connected to the service network equipment and the neighboring network equipment; then, the positioning management network element interacts with the service network equipment and the neighboring network equipment respectively, and the positioning management network element obtains the respective measurements of the service network equipment and the neighboring network equipment
  • Each measurement information indicates the location information of the terminal device measured by each network device; then, the positioning management network element performs calculations based on the received measurement information to obtain the accurate location of the terminal device.
  • the method provided in this embodiment can use random access channel resources to complete the position measurement of the terminal equipment by multiple network devices.
  • the positioning management network element of the core network performs calculations based on the measurement information reported by each network device to obtain the accuracy of the terminal equipment.
  • the location can accurately locate the terminal equipment; and the implementation process is simple and easy.
  • the first random access channel resource is the same as the second random access channel resource. Therefore, the first random access channel resource that can be used by the terminal device is negotiated between the first network device and the at least one second network device, and the positioning management network element can indicate the first random access channel resource to the terminal device; so that, The terminal device uses the first random access channel resource to establish a connection with the first network device and at least one second network device; further, the positioning management network element can obtain the position of the first network device and the at least one second network device to the terminal device Measured information.
  • the first random access channel resource is different from the second random access channel resource, and the first random access channel resource is a resource corresponding to the first network device;
  • the method further includes: the positioning management network element receives third indication information from each of the second network devices, where the third indication information is used to indicate a third random access channel resource, and each of the first 3.
  • the random access channel resource is a resource corresponding to each of the second network devices;
  • the method further includes: the positioning management network element determining the second indication according to the first indication information and each of the third indication information information. Therefore, the first network device and the at least one second network device report their respective random access channel resources to the positioning management network element; the positioning management network element can determine that the terminal device can be The second random access channel resource used.
  • the method before the positioning management network element receives the first indication information from the first network device, the method further includes: the positioning management network element sending a resource information request to the first network device and each One of the second network devices, and the resource information request is used to request the first random access channel resource. Therefore, the positioning management network element sends a resource information request to the first network device and each second network device to obtain the respective random access channel resources of the first network device and each second network device.
  • the second indication information includes the identity of each cell and the fourth indication information corresponding to each cell; the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second random indication corresponding to the cell.
  • Access channel resources Therefore, the positioning management network element indicates to the terminal device the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell, so that the terminal device can use the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell to serve the network equipment and neighbors.
  • the area network device sends the preamble.
  • the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • Message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index;
  • the message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, the message 1
  • the frequency start is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0. Therefore, the terminal device can determine the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell based on the above information.
  • the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • the terminal device can determine the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell based on the above information.
  • the first indication information includes one or more of the following:
  • Message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index;
  • the message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, the message 1 The frequency start is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the first indication information includes one or more of the following:
  • Message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, channel state information reference signal index, physical random access channel timing list;
  • the message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the timing of the physical random access channel at each moment Number
  • the start of the message 1 frequency is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0
  • the physical random access channel timing list is used to indicate the physical random access channel timing and channel state information reference Correspondence between signals.
  • this application provides a preamble-based positioning method, including:
  • the first network device sends first indication information to the positioning management network element, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first random access channel resource;
  • the first network device receives the preamble sent by the terminal device according to the second indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate the second random access channel resource, and the second indication information is also used to instruct the terminal device to send the The first network device and at least one second network device send a preamble;
  • the first network device determines measurement information according to the location information request, where the measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by the network device;
  • the first network device sends the measurement information to the positioning management network element.
  • random access channel resources can be used to complete the position measurement of multiple network devices on the terminal device.
  • the core network positioning management network element calculates according to the measurement information reported by each network device to obtain the accurate position of the terminal device, which can be accurate To locate the terminal equipment; and the implementation process is simple and easy.
  • the first random access channel resource is the same as the second random access channel resource. Therefore, the first random access channel resource that can be used by the terminal device is negotiated between the first network device and the at least one second network device, and the positioning management network element can indicate the first random access channel resource to the terminal device; so that, The terminal device uses the first random access channel resource to establish a connection with the first network device and at least one second network device; further, the positioning management network element can obtain the position of the first network device and the at least one second network device to the terminal device Measured information.
  • the first random access channel resource is different from the second random access channel resource, and the first random access channel resource is a resource corresponding to the first network device;
  • the method further includes: the first network device receives a resource information request from the positioning management network element, and the resource information request is used to request the location management network element.
  • the first random access channel resource is different from the second random access channel resource, and the first random access channel resource is a resource corresponding to the first network device;
  • the positioning management network element sends a resource information request to the first network device and each second network device to obtain the respective random access channel resources of the first network device and each second network device; thus, the first network device The device and at least one second network device report their respective random access channel resources to the positioning management network element; the positioning management network element can determine the second random access channel resources that the terminal device can use according to the random access channel resources reported by each network device Access channel resources.
  • the second indication information includes the identity of each cell and the fourth indication information corresponding to each cell; the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second random indication corresponding to the cell.
  • Access channel resources Therefore, the positioning management network element indicates to the terminal device the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell, so that the terminal device can use the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell to serve the network equipment and neighbors.
  • the area network device sends the preamble.
  • the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • Message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index;
  • the message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, the message 1
  • the frequency start is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0. Therefore, the terminal device can determine the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell based on the above information.
  • the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • the terminal device can determine the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell based on the above information.
  • the first indication information includes one or more of the following:
  • Message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index;
  • the message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, the message 1 The frequency start is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the first indication information includes one or more of the following:
  • Message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, channel state information reference signal index, physical random access channel timing list;
  • the message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the timing of the physical random access channel at each moment Number
  • the start of the message 1 frequency is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0
  • the physical random access channel timing list is used to indicate the physical random access channel timing and channel state information reference Correspondence between signals.
  • this application provides a preamble-based positioning method, including:
  • the second network device sends third indication information to the positioning management network element, where the third indication information is used to indicate a third random access channel resource, and each of the third random access channel resources is associated with each of the Resources corresponding to the second network device;
  • the second network device receives the preamble sent by the terminal device according to second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the second random access channel resource, and the second indication information is also used to instruct the terminal device to send the A network device and at least one of the second network devices send a preamble, and the second random access channel resource is different from the third random access channel resource;
  • the second network device determines measurement information according to the location information request, where the measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by the network device;
  • the second network device sends the measurement information to the positioning management network element.
  • the first network device and at least one second network device report their respective random access channel resources to the positioning management network element; the positioning management network element can determine the terminal according to the random access channel resources reported by each network device The second random access channel resource that can be used by the device; thus, the random access channel resource can be used to complete the position measurement of multiple network devices to the terminal device, and the core network positioning management network element calculates according to the measurement information reported by each network device , The accurate position of the terminal device is obtained, and the terminal device can be accurately positioned; and the implementation process is simple and easy.
  • the method before the second network device sends the third indication information to the positioning management network element, the method further includes:
  • the second network device receives a resource information request from the positioning management network element, where the resource information request is used to request the third random access channel resource and the first random access channel resource, and the first random access channel resource is The access channel resource is a resource corresponding to the first network device.
  • the second indication information includes the identity of each cell and the fourth indication information corresponding to each cell; the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second random indication corresponding to the cell.
  • Access channel resources Therefore, the positioning management network element indicates to the terminal device the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell, so that the terminal device can use the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell to serve the network equipment and neighbors.
  • the area network device sends the preamble.
  • the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • Message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index;
  • the message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, the message 1
  • the frequency start is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0. Therefore, the terminal device can determine the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell based on the above information.
  • the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • the terminal device can determine the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell based on the above information.
  • this application provides a preamble-based positioning method, including:
  • the first network device sends first instruction information to the terminal device, where the first instruction information is used to indicate random access channel resources, and the first instruction information is also used to instruct the terminal device to send the first network device to the first network device. Sending the preamble with at least one second network device;
  • the first network device receives the preamble from the terminal device
  • the first network device receives measurement information from each of the second network devices, and each piece of measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by each second network device;
  • the first network device locates the terminal device according to the measurement information and the location information of the terminal device measured by the first network device.
  • the first network device indicates the random access channel resource to the terminal device, and the terminal device uses the random access channel resource to send the preamble to the first network device and at least one second network device, and then the terminal device accesses The first network device as the serving base station and each second network device as the neighboring network device; then, the positioning management component in the first network device interacts with each neighboring network device, and the first network device
  • the positioning management component in the network device obtains the measurement information measured by the neighboring cell network device, and the positioning management component in the first network device performs calculations based on the received measurement information to obtain the accurate location of the terminal device.
  • Random access channel resources can be used to complete the position measurement of multiple network devices on the terminal device.
  • the positioning management component in the first network device calculates according to the measurement information reported by each network device to obtain the accurate position of the terminal device. Position the terminal equipment; and the realization process is simple and easy.
  • the method before the first network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device, the method further includes: the first network device negotiates the random access with the at least one second network device Channel resources.
  • the first indication information includes the identity of each cell and the second indication information corresponding to each cell; the second indication information is used to indicate the random information corresponding to the cell. Access channel resources. Therefore, the first network device indicates the random access channel resource corresponding to each cell to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can use the random access channel resource corresponding to each cell to send to the serving network device and the neighboring network device Preamble.
  • the second indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • Message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index;
  • the message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, the message 1
  • the frequency start is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0. Therefore, the terminal device can determine the random access channel resource corresponding to each cell based on the above information.
  • the second indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • Message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, channel state information reference signal index, physical random access channel timing list;
  • the message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the timing of the physical random access channel at each moment Number
  • the start of the message 1 frequency is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0
  • the physical random access channel timing list is used to indicate the physical random access channel timing and channel state information reference Correspondence between signals. Therefore, the terminal device can determine the random access channel resource corresponding to each cell based on the above information.
  • this application provides a preamble-based positioning method, including:
  • the terminal device receives first indication information from the first network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate random access channel resources, and the first indication information is also used to instruct the terminal device to send the first network device to the first network device and At least one second network device sends a preamble;
  • the terminal device sends the preamble to the first network device and each of the second network devices.
  • the first network device indicates the random access channel resource to the terminal device, and the terminal device uses the random access channel resource to send the preamble to the first network device and at least one second network device, and then the terminal device accesses The first network device as the serving base station and each second network device as the neighboring network device; then, the positioning management component in the first network device interacts with each neighboring network device, and the first network device
  • the positioning management component in the network device obtains the measurement information measured by the neighboring cell network device, and the positioning management component in the first network device performs calculations based on the received measurement information to obtain the accurate location of the terminal device.
  • Random access channel resources can be used to complete the position measurement of multiple network devices on the terminal device.
  • the positioning management component in the first network device calculates according to the measurement information reported by each network device to obtain the accurate position of the terminal device. Position the terminal equipment; and the realization process is simple and easy.
  • the first indication information includes the identity of each cell and the second indication information corresponding to each cell; the second indication information is used to indicate the random information corresponding to the cell. Access channel resources. Therefore, the first network device indicates the random access channel resource corresponding to each cell to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can use the random access channel resource corresponding to each cell to send to the serving network device and the neighboring network device Preamble.
  • the second indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • Message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index;
  • the message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, the message 1
  • the frequency start is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0. Therefore, the terminal device can determine the random access channel resource corresponding to each cell based on the above information.
  • the second indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • Message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, channel state information reference signal index, physical random access channel timing list;
  • the message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the timing of the physical random access channel at each moment Number
  • the start of the message 1 frequency is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0
  • the physical random access channel timing list is used to indicate the physical random access channel timing and channel state information reference Correspondence between signals. Therefore, the terminal device can determine the random access channel resource corresponding to each cell based on the above information.
  • this application provides a positioning management network element, including:
  • the receiver is configured to receive first indication information from a first network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first random access channel resource;
  • the transmitter is configured to send second indication information to a terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate a second random access channel resource, and the second indication information is also used to instruct the terminal device to send a message to the first random access channel resource.
  • a network device and at least one second network device send a preamble;
  • the transmitter is further configured to send a location information request to the first network device and each of the second network devices;
  • the receiver is further configured to receive measurement information from the first network device and each of the second network devices, and the measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by the network device;
  • the processor is configured to determine the location of the terminal device according to the measurement information.
  • the terminal device can use the random access channel resource to send the preamble to the serving network device and the neighboring network device, and then the terminal
  • the equipment is connected to the service network equipment and the neighboring network equipment; then, the positioning management network element interacts with the service network equipment and the neighboring network equipment respectively, and the positioning management network element obtains the respective measurements of the service network equipment and the neighboring network equipment
  • Each measurement information indicates the location information of the terminal device measured by each network device; then, the positioning management network element performs calculations based on the received measurement information to obtain the accurate location of the terminal device.
  • the method provided in this embodiment can use random access channel resources to complete the position measurement of the terminal equipment by multiple network devices.
  • the positioning management network element of the core network performs calculations based on the measurement information reported by each network device to obtain the accuracy of the terminal equipment.
  • the location can accurately locate the terminal equipment; and the implementation process is simple and easy.
  • the first random access channel resource is the same as the second random access channel resource. Therefore, the first random access channel resource that can be used by the terminal device is negotiated between the first network device and the at least one second network device, and the positioning management network element can indicate the first random access channel resource to the terminal device; so that, The terminal device uses the first random access channel resource to establish a connection with the first network device and at least one second network device; further, the positioning management network element can obtain the position of the first network device and the at least one second network device to the terminal device Measured information.
  • the first random access channel resource is different from the second random access channel resource, and the first random access channel resource is a resource corresponding to the first network device;
  • the receiver is further configured to receive third indication information from each of the second network devices, where the third indication information is used to indicate a third random access channel resource, and each third random access channel
  • the resource is a resource corresponding to each of the second network devices
  • the processor is further configured to determine the second instruction information according to the first instruction information and each of the third instruction information before the transmitter sends the second instruction information to the terminal device. Therefore, the first network device and the at least one second network device report their respective random access channel resources to the positioning management network element; the positioning management network element can determine that the terminal device can be The second random access channel resource used.
  • the transmitter is also used for:
  • the receiver Before the receiver receives the first indication information from the first network device, it sends a resource information request to the first network device and each of the second network devices, and the resource information request is used to request the first network device. A random access channel resource. Therefore, the positioning management network element sends a resource information request to the first network device and each second network device to obtain the respective random access channel resources of the first network device and each second network device.
  • the second indication information includes the identity of each cell and the fourth indication information corresponding to each cell; the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second random indication corresponding to the cell. Access channel resources.
  • the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • Message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index;
  • the message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, and the message 1 frequency start is the offset of the start physical random access channel timing with respect to physical resource block 0. Therefore, the positioning management network element indicates to the terminal device the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell, so that the terminal device can use the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell to serve the network equipment and neighbors.
  • the area network device sends the preamble.
  • the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • the terminal device can determine the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell based on the above information.
  • the first indication information includes one or more of the following:
  • Message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index;
  • the message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, the message 1
  • the frequency start is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0. Therefore, the terminal device can determine the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell based on the above information.
  • the first indication information includes one or more of the following:
  • Message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, channel state information reference signal index, physical random access channel timing list;
  • the message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the timing of the physical random access channel at each moment Number
  • the start of the message 1 frequency is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0
  • the physical random access channel timing list is used to indicate the physical random access channel timing and channel state information reference Correspondence between signals.
  • this application provides a first network device, including:
  • the transmitter is configured to send first indication information to a positioning management network element, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first random access channel resource;
  • the receiver is configured to receive a preamble sent by the terminal device according to second indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate a second random access channel resource, and the second indication information is also used to indicate the terminal device to Sending a preamble by the first network device and at least one second network device;
  • the receiver is further configured to receive a location information request sent by the positioning management network element
  • the processor is configured to determine measurement information according to the location information request, where the measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by the network device;
  • the transmitter is also used to send the measurement information to the positioning management network element.
  • random access channel resources can be used to complete the position measurement of multiple network devices on the terminal device.
  • the core network positioning management network element calculates according to the measurement information reported by each network device to obtain the accurate position of the terminal device, which can be accurate To locate the terminal equipment; and the implementation process is simple and easy.
  • the first random access channel resource is the same as the second random access channel resource. Therefore, the first random access channel resource that can be used by the terminal device is negotiated between the first network device and the at least one second network device, and the positioning management network element can indicate the first random access channel resource to the terminal device; so that, The terminal device uses the first random access channel resource to establish a connection with the first network device and at least one second network device; further, the positioning management network element can obtain the position of the first network device and the at least one second network device to the terminal device Measured information.
  • the first random access channel resource is different from the second random access channel resource, and the first random access channel resource is a resource corresponding to the first network device;
  • the receiver is further configured to receive a resource information request from the positioning management network element before the transmitter sends the first indication information to the positioning management network element, where the resource information request is used to request the first Random access channel resources.
  • the positioning management network element sends a resource information request to the first network device and each second network device to obtain the respective random access channel resources of the first network device and each second network device; thus, the first network device The device and at least one second network device report their respective random access channel resources to the positioning management network element; the positioning management network element can determine the second random access channel resources that the terminal device can use according to the random access channel resources reported by each network device Access channel resources.
  • the second indication information includes the identity of each cell and the fourth indication information corresponding to each cell; the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second random indication corresponding to the cell.
  • Access channel resources Therefore, the positioning management network element indicates to the terminal device the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell, so that the terminal device can use the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell to serve the network equipment and neighbors.
  • the area network device sends the preamble.
  • the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • Message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index;
  • the message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, the message 1
  • the frequency start is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0. Therefore, the terminal device can determine the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell based on the above information.
  • the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • the terminal device can determine the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell based on the above information.
  • the first indication information includes one or more of the following:
  • Message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index;
  • the message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, the message 1 The frequency start is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the first indication information includes one or more of the following:
  • Message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, channel state information reference signal index, physical random access channel timing list;
  • the message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the timing of the physical random access channel at each moment Number
  • the start of the message 1 frequency is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0
  • the physical random access channel timing list is used to indicate the physical random access channel timing and channel state information reference Correspondence between signals.
  • this application provides a second network device, including:
  • the transmitter is configured to send third indication information to a positioning management network element, the third indication information is used to indicate a third random access channel resource, and each third random access channel resource is equal to A resource corresponding to the second network device;
  • the receiver is configured to receive a preamble sent by the terminal device according to second indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate a second random access channel resource, and the second indication information is also used to indicate the terminal device to The first network device and at least one of the second network devices send a preamble, and the second random access channel resource is different from the third random access channel resource;
  • the receiver is further configured to receive a location information request sent by the positioning management network element
  • the processor is configured to determine measurement information according to the location information request, where the measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by the network device;
  • the transmitter is also used to send the measurement information to the positioning management network element.
  • the first network device and at least one second network device report their respective random access channel resources to the positioning management network element; the positioning management network element can determine the terminal according to the random access channel resources reported by each network device The second random access channel resource that can be used by the device; thus, the random access channel resource can be used to complete the position measurement of multiple network devices to the terminal device, and the core network positioning management network element calculates according to the measurement information reported by each network device , The accurate position of the terminal device is obtained, and the terminal device can be accurately positioned; and the implementation process is simple and easy.
  • the receiver is further configured to receive the resource from the positioning management network element by the second network device before the transmitter sends the third indication information to the positioning management network element An information request, where the resource information request is used to request the third random access channel resource and the first random access channel resource, and the first random access channel resource is a resource corresponding to the first network device.
  • the second indication information includes the identity of each cell and the fourth indication information corresponding to each cell; the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second random indication corresponding to the cell.
  • Access channel resources Therefore, the positioning management network element indicates to the terminal device the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell, so that the terminal device can use the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell to serve the network equipment and neighbors.
  • the area network device sends the preamble.
  • the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • Message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index;
  • the message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, the message 1
  • the frequency start is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0. Therefore, the terminal device can determine the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell based on the above information.
  • the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • the terminal device can determine the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell based on the above information.
  • this application provides a first network device, including:
  • the transmitter is configured to send first indication information to a terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a random access channel resource, and the first indication information is also used to instruct the terminal device to send a message to the first A network device and at least one second network device send a preamble;
  • the receiver is configured to receive a preamble from the terminal device
  • the transmitter is further configured to send a location information request to each of the second network devices;
  • the receiver is further configured to receive measurement information from each of the second network devices, and each piece of measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by each second network device;
  • the processor is configured to locate the terminal device according to the measurement information and the location information of the terminal device measured by the first network device.
  • the first network device indicates the random access channel resource to the terminal device, and the terminal device uses the random access channel resource to send the preamble to the first network device and at least one second network device, and then the terminal device accesses The first network device as the serving base station and each second network device as the neighboring network device; then, the positioning management component in the first network device interacts with each neighboring network device, and the first network device
  • the positioning management component in the network device obtains the measurement information measured by the neighboring cell network device, and the positioning management component in the first network device performs calculations based on the received measurement information to obtain the accurate location of the terminal device.
  • Random access channel resources can be used to complete the position measurement of multiple network devices on the terminal device.
  • the positioning management component in the first network device calculates according to the measurement information reported by each network device to obtain the accurate position of the terminal device. Position the terminal equipment; and the realization process is simple and easy.
  • the processor is further configured to: before the transmitter sends the first indication information to the terminal device, the first network device negotiates with the at least one second network device Random access channel resources.
  • the first indication information includes the identity of each cell and the second indication information corresponding to each cell; the second indication information is used to indicate the random information corresponding to the cell. Access channel resources. Therefore, the first network device indicates the random access channel resource corresponding to each cell to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can use the random access channel resource corresponding to each cell to send to the serving network device and the neighboring network device Preamble.
  • the second indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • Message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index;
  • the message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, the message 1
  • the frequency start is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0. Therefore, the terminal device can determine the random access channel resource corresponding to each cell based on the above information.
  • the second indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • Message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, channel state information reference signal index, physical random access channel timing list;
  • the message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the timing of the physical random access channel at each moment Number
  • the start of the message 1 frequency is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0
  • the physical random access channel timing list is used to indicate the physical random access channel timing and channel state information reference Correspondence between signals. Therefore, the terminal device can determine the random access channel resource corresponding to each cell based on the above information.
  • this application provides a terminal device, including:
  • the receiver is configured to receive first indication information from a first network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a random access channel resource, and the first indication information is also used to instruct the terminal device to The first network device and the at least one second network device send the preamble;
  • the transmitter is configured to send a preamble to the first network device and each of the second network devices.
  • the first network device indicates the random access channel resource to the terminal device, and the terminal device uses the random access channel resource to send the preamble to the first network device and at least one second network device, and then the terminal device accesses The first network device as the serving base station and each second network device as the neighboring network device; then, the positioning management component in the first network device interacts with each neighboring network device, and the first network device
  • the positioning management component in the network device obtains the measurement information measured by the neighboring cell network device, and the positioning management component in the first network device performs calculations based on the received measurement information to obtain the accurate location of the terminal device.
  • Random access channel resources can be used to complete the position measurement of multiple network devices on the terminal device.
  • the positioning management component in the first network device calculates according to the measurement information reported by each network device to obtain the accurate position of the terminal device. Position the terminal equipment; and the realization process is simple and easy.
  • the first indication information includes the identity of each cell and the second indication information corresponding to each cell; the second indication information is used to indicate the random information corresponding to the cell. Access channel resources. Therefore, the first network device indicates the random access channel resource corresponding to each cell to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can use the random access channel resource corresponding to each cell to send to the serving network device and the neighboring network device Preamble.
  • the second indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • Message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index;
  • the message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, the message 1
  • the frequency start is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0. Therefore, the terminal device can determine the random access channel resource corresponding to each cell based on the above information.
  • the second indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • Message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, channel state information reference signal index, physical random access channel timing list;
  • the message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the timing of the physical random access channel at each moment Number
  • the start of the message 1 frequency is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0
  • the physical random access channel timing list is used to indicate the physical random access channel timing and channel state information reference Correspondence between signals. Therefore, the terminal device can determine the random access channel resource corresponding to each cell based on the above information.
  • this application provides a positioning management network element, including:
  • a first receiving unit configured to receive first indication information from a first network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first random access channel resource;
  • the first sending unit is configured to send second indication information to the terminal device, the second indication information is used to indicate a second random access channel resource, and the second indication information is also used to instruct the terminal device to send the A network device and at least one second network device send a preamble;
  • a second sending unit configured to send a location information request to the first network device and each of the second network devices
  • a second receiving unit configured to respectively receive measurement information from the first network device and each of the second network devices, where the measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by the network device;
  • the first determining unit is configured to determine the location of the terminal device according to the measurement information.
  • the terminal device can use the random access channel resource to send the preamble to the serving network device and the neighboring network device, and then the terminal
  • the equipment is connected to the service network equipment and the neighboring network equipment; then, the positioning management network element interacts with the service network equipment and the neighboring network equipment respectively, and the positioning management network element obtains the respective measurements of the service network equipment and the neighboring network equipment
  • Each measurement information indicates the location information of the terminal device measured by each network device; then, the positioning management network element performs calculations based on the received measurement information to obtain the accurate location of the terminal device.
  • the method provided in this embodiment can use random access channel resources to complete the position measurement of the terminal equipment by multiple network devices.
  • the positioning management network element of the core network performs calculations based on the measurement information reported by each network device to obtain the accuracy of the terminal equipment.
  • the location can accurately locate the terminal equipment; and the implementation process is simple and easy.
  • the first random access channel resource is the same as the second random access channel resource. Therefore, the first random access channel resource that can be used by the terminal device is negotiated between the first network device and the at least one second network device, and the positioning management network element can indicate the first random access channel resource to the terminal device; so that, The terminal device uses the first random access channel resource to establish a connection with the first network device and at least one second network device; further, the positioning management network element can obtain the position of the first network device and the at least one second network device to the terminal device Measured information.
  • the first random access channel resource is different from the second random access channel resource, and the first random access channel resource is a resource corresponding to the first network device;
  • the positioning management network element further includes: a third receiving unit, configured to receive third indication information from each of the second network devices, where the third indication information is used to indicate a third random access channel resource, each One of the third random access channel resources is a resource corresponding to each of the second network devices;
  • the positioning management network element further includes: a second determining unit, configured to, before the first sending unit sends the second indication information to the terminal device, according to the first indication information and each of the third indications Information, determining the second indication information. Therefore, the first network device and the at least one second network device report their respective random access channel resources to the positioning management network element; the positioning management network element can determine that the terminal device can be The second random access channel resource used.
  • the positioning management network element further includes:
  • the third sending unit is configured to send a resource information request to the first network device and each of the second network devices before the first receiving unit receives the first indication information from the first network device, the The resource information request is used to request the first random access channel resource. Therefore, the positioning management network element sends a resource information request to the first network device and each second network device to obtain the respective random access channel resources of the first network device and each second network device.
  • the second indication information includes the identity of each cell and the fourth indication information corresponding to each cell; the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second random indication corresponding to the cell.
  • Access channel resources Therefore, the positioning management network element indicates to the terminal device the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell, so that the terminal device can use the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell to serve the network equipment and neighbors.
  • the area network device sends the preamble.
  • the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • Message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index;
  • the message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, the message 1
  • the frequency start is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0. Therefore, the terminal device can determine the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell based on the above information.
  • the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • the terminal device can determine the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell based on the above information.
  • the first indication information includes one or more of the following:
  • Message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index;
  • the message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, the message 1 The frequency start is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the first indication information includes one or more of the following:
  • Message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, channel state information reference signal index, physical random access channel timing list;
  • the message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the timing of the physical random access channel at each moment Number
  • the start of the message 1 frequency is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0
  • the physical random access channel timing list is used to indicate the physical random access channel timing and channel state information reference Correspondence between signals.
  • this application provides a first network device, including:
  • a first sending unit configured to send first indication information to a positioning management network element, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first random access channel resource
  • the first receiving unit is configured to receive the preamble sent by the terminal device according to the second indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate the second random access channel resource, and the second indication information is also used to instruct the terminal device to Sending a preamble by the first network device and at least one second network device;
  • the second receiving unit is configured to receive a location information request sent by the positioning management network element
  • a determining unit configured to determine measurement information according to the location information request, where the measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by the network device;
  • the second sending unit is configured to send the measurement information to the positioning management network element.
  • random access channel resources can be used to complete the position measurement of multiple network devices on the terminal device.
  • the core network positioning management network element calculates according to the measurement information reported by each network device to obtain the accurate position of the terminal device, which can be accurate To locate the terminal equipment; and the implementation process is simple and easy.
  • the first random access channel resource is the same as the second random access channel resource.
  • the positioning management network element can indicate the first random access channel resource to the terminal device; so that the terminal device uses the first random access channel resource to establish a connection with the first network device and at least one second network device ; Further, the positioning management network element can obtain information about the position measurement of the terminal device by the first network device and at least one second network device.
  • the first random access channel resource is different from the second random access channel resource, and the first random access channel resource is a resource corresponding to the first network device;
  • the first network device further includes:
  • the third receiving unit is configured to receive a resource information request from the positioning management network element before the first sending unit sends the first indication information to the positioning management network element, where the resource information request is used to request the second A random access channel resource. Therefore, the positioning management network element sends a resource information request to the first network device and each second network device to obtain the respective random access channel resources of the first network device and each second network device; thus, the first network device The device and at least one second network device report their respective random access channel resources to the positioning management network element; the positioning management network element can determine the second random access channel resources that the terminal device can use according to the random access channel resources reported by each network device Access channel resources.
  • the second indication information includes the identity of each cell and the fourth indication information corresponding to each cell; the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second random indication corresponding to the cell.
  • Access channel resources Therefore, the positioning management network element indicates to the terminal device the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell, so that the terminal device can use the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell to serve the network equipment and neighbors.
  • the area network device sends the preamble.
  • the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • Message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index;
  • the message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, the message 1
  • the frequency start is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0. Therefore, the terminal device can determine the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell based on the above information.
  • the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • the terminal device can determine the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell based on the above information.
  • the first indication information includes one or more of the following:
  • Message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index;
  • the message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, the message 1 The frequency start is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the first indication information includes one or more of the following:
  • Message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, channel state information reference signal index, physical random access channel timing list;
  • the message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the timing of the physical random access channel at each moment Number
  • the start of the message 1 frequency is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0
  • the physical random access channel timing list is used to indicate the physical random access channel timing and channel state information reference Correspondence between signals.
  • this application provides a second network device, including:
  • the first sending unit is configured to send third indication information to the positioning management network element, where the third indication information is used to indicate third random access channel resources, and each of the third random access channel resources is equal to A resource corresponding to the second network device;
  • the first receiving unit is configured to receive the preamble sent by the terminal device according to the second indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate the second random access channel resource, and the second indication information is also used to instruct the terminal device to The first network device and at least one of the second network devices send a preamble, and the second random access channel resource is different from the third random access channel resource;
  • the second receiving unit is configured to receive a location information request sent by the positioning management network element
  • a determining unit configured to determine measurement information according to the location information request, where the measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by the network device;
  • the second sending unit is configured to send the measurement information to the positioning management network element.
  • the first network device and at least one second network device report their respective random access channel resources to the positioning management network element; the positioning management network element can determine the terminal according to the random access channel resources reported by each network device The second random access channel resource that can be used by the device; thus, the random access channel resource can be used to complete the position measurement of multiple network devices to the terminal device, and the core network positioning management network element calculates according to the measurement information reported by each network device , The accurate position of the terminal device is obtained, and the terminal device can be accurately positioned; and the implementation process is simple and easy.
  • the second network device further includes:
  • the third receiving unit is configured to receive a resource information request from the positioning management network element before the first sending unit sends the third indication information to the positioning management network element, where the resource information request is used to request the The third random access channel resource and the first random access channel resource, where the first random access channel resource is a resource corresponding to the first network device.
  • the second indication information includes the identity of each cell and the fourth indication information corresponding to each cell; the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second random indication corresponding to the cell.
  • Access channel resources Therefore, the positioning management network element indicates to the terminal device the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell, so that the terminal device can use the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell to serve the network equipment and neighbors.
  • the area network device sends the preamble.
  • the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • Message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index;
  • the message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, the message 1
  • the frequency start is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0. Therefore, the terminal device can determine the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell based on the above information.
  • the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • the terminal device can determine the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell based on the above information.
  • this application provides a first network device, including:
  • the first sending unit is configured to send first indication information to a terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a random access channel resource, and the first indication information is also used to instruct the terminal device to send a message to the first A network device and at least one second network device send a preamble;
  • the first receiving unit is configured to receive a preamble from the terminal device
  • a second sending unit configured to send a location information request to each of the second network devices
  • a second receiving unit configured to receive measurement information from each of the second network devices, and each piece of measurement information is used to indicate location information of the terminal device measured by each second network device;
  • the determining unit is configured to locate the terminal device according to the measurement information and the location information of the terminal device measured by the first network device.
  • the first network device indicates the random access channel resource to the terminal device, and the terminal device uses the random access channel resource to send the preamble to the first network device and at least one second network device, and then the terminal device accesses The first network device as the serving base station and each second network device as the neighboring network device; then, the positioning management component in the first network device interacts with each neighboring network device, and the first network device
  • the positioning management component in the network device obtains the measurement information measured by the neighboring cell network device, and the positioning management component in the first network device performs calculations based on the received measurement information to obtain the accurate location of the terminal device.
  • Random access channel resources can be used to complete the position measurement of multiple network devices on the terminal device.
  • the positioning management component in the first network device calculates according to the measurement information reported by each network device to obtain the accurate position of the terminal device. Position the terminal equipment; and the realization process is simple and easy.
  • the first network device further includes:
  • the second determining unit is configured to negotiate the random access channel resource with the at least one second network device before the first sending unit sends the first indication information to the terminal device.
  • the first indication information includes the identity of each cell and the second indication information corresponding to each cell; the second indication information is used to indicate the random information corresponding to the cell. Access channel resources. Therefore, the first network device indicates the random access channel resource corresponding to each cell to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can use the random access channel resource corresponding to each cell to send to the serving network device and the neighboring network device Preamble.
  • the second indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • Message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index;
  • the message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, the message 1
  • the frequency start is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0. Therefore, the terminal device can determine the random access channel resource corresponding to each cell based on the above information.
  • the second indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • Message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, channel state information reference signal index, physical random access channel timing list;
  • the message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the timing of the physical random access channel at each moment Number
  • the start of the message 1 frequency is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0
  • the physical random access channel timing list is used to indicate the physical random access channel timing and channel state information reference Correspondence between signals. Therefore, the terminal device can determine the random access channel resource corresponding to each cell based on the above information.
  • this application provides a terminal device, including:
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive first indication information from a first network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a random access channel resource, and the first indication information is also used to instruct the terminal device to send a message to the first The network device and the at least one second network device send the preamble;
  • the sending unit is configured to send the preamble to the first network device and each of the second network devices.
  • the first network device indicates the random access channel resource to the terminal device, and the terminal device uses the random access channel resource to send the preamble to the first network device and at least one second network device, and then the terminal device accesses The first network device as the serving base station and each second network device as the neighboring network device; then, the positioning management component in the first network device interacts with each neighboring network device, and the first network device
  • the positioning management component in the network device obtains the measurement information measured by the neighboring cell network device, and the positioning management component in the first network device performs calculations based on the received measurement information to obtain the accurate location of the terminal device.
  • Random access channel resources can be used to complete the position measurement of multiple network devices on the terminal device.
  • the positioning management component in the first network device calculates according to the measurement information reported by each network device to obtain the accurate position of the terminal device. Position the terminal equipment; and the realization process is simple and easy.
  • the first indication information includes the identity of each cell and the second indication information corresponding to each cell; the second indication information is used to indicate the random information corresponding to the cell. Access channel resources. Therefore, the first network device indicates the random access channel resource corresponding to each cell to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can use the random access channel resource corresponding to each cell to send to the serving network device and the neighboring network device Preamble.
  • the second indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • Message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index;
  • the message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, the message 1
  • the frequency start is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0. Therefore, the terminal device can determine the random access channel resource corresponding to each cell based on the above information.
  • the second indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • Message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, channel state information reference signal index, physical random access channel timing list;
  • the message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the timing of the physical random access channel at each moment Number
  • the start of the message 1 frequency is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0
  • the physical random access channel timing list is used to indicate the physical random access channel timing and channel state information reference Correspondence between signals. Therefore, the terminal device can determine the random access channel resource corresponding to each cell based on the above information.
  • the present application provides a positioning management network element, including at least one processing element or chip for executing any implementation manner of the first aspect above.
  • this application provides a computer program product, including program code, which is used to execute any implementation manner of the first aspect above when the computer runs the program code.
  • this application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including the program of the seventeenth aspect.
  • the present application provides a first network device, including at least one processing element or chip for executing any implementation manner of the second aspect above.
  • this application provides a computer program product, including program code, which is used to execute any implementation manner of the second aspect above when the computer runs the program code.
  • this application provides a computer-readable storage medium including the program of the twentieth aspect.
  • the present application provides a second network device, including at least one processing element or chip for executing any implementation manner of the third aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer program product, including program code, which is used to execute any implementation manner of the third aspect above when the computer runs the program code.
  • this application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including the program of the twenty-third aspect.
  • the present application provides a second network device, including at least one processing element or chip for executing any implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer program product, including program code, which is used to execute any implementation manner of the fourth aspect above when the computer runs the program code.
  • this application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including the program of the twenty-sixth aspect.
  • the present application provides a second network device, including at least one processing element or chip for executing any implementation manner of the fifth aspect.
  • this application provides a computer program product, including program code, which is used to execute any implementation manner of the fifth aspect above when the computer runs the program code.
  • this application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including the program of the twenty-ninth aspect.
  • a communication system in a thirty-first aspect, includes: the positioning management network element in the first aspect or any possible implementation; the system further includes: the second aspect or any possible implementation The first network device in the manner; the system further includes: at least one second network device in the foregoing third aspect or any possible implementation manner thereof.
  • a communication system which includes: the first network device in the fourth aspect or any of its possible implementations; the system further includes: the fifth aspect or any of its possible implementations The terminal device in the mode; the system further includes: at least one second network device.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario provided by an embodiment of the application
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a networking architecture provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of another networking architecture provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a preamble-based positioning method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 5 is a signaling diagram of a preamble-based positioning method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another method for locating a terminal device according to an embodiment of the application.
  • Figure 7 is a signaling diagram of a non-contention random access process
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the correspondence between physical random access channel timing and synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource blocks provided by this application;
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of time-frequency domain resource distribution of physical random access channel timing provided by this application.
  • Figure 10 is a signaling diagram of another preamble-based positioning method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of another method for locating a terminal device according to an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 12 is a signaling diagram of yet another preamble-based positioning method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of another method for locating a terminal device according to an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart of another method for locating a terminal device according to an embodiment of this application.
  • 15 is a schematic flowchart of another method for locating a terminal device according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 16 is a signaling diagram of another method for locating a terminal device according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic flowchart of another method for locating a terminal device according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a positioning management network element provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a first network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a second network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of another first network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of another positioning management network element provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • 24 is a schematic structural diagram of another positioning management network element provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of yet another first network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of still another first network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic structural diagram of another second network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic structural diagram of another first network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 29 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic structural diagram of yet another positioning management network element provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic structural diagram of another first network device according to an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 32 is a schematic structural diagram of another second network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 33 is a schematic structural diagram of another first network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 34 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the embodiments of this application are applied to the fifth-generation mobile communication network (5th-generation, 5G) communication system or other systems that may appear in the future, and can also be applied to other communication systems, such as wireless local area network (WLAN) System, global system of mobile communication (GSM) system, code division multiple access (CDMA) system, wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD), general mobile communication system (universal mobile telecommunication system, UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WIMAX) communication system, new radio (NR), etc.
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • general packet radio service general packet radio service
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD LTE time division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile
  • a terminal device is a device that provides users with voice and/or data connectivity.
  • terminal equipment mainly refers to but not limited to mobile terminals, vehicle terminals, vehicle-mounted terminals, vehicle equipment, public terminals, handheld devices with wireless communication functions, wearable devices, computing devices, etc.
  • vehicle-mounted terminals include, but are not limited to, vehicle-mounted Navigators, etc.
  • mobile terminals include but are not limited to mobile phones, wearable devices, tablet computers, etc.
  • the terminal device may also be a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in unmanned driving, and a remote medical device.
  • Wireless terminals wireless terminals in smart grids, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, and so on.
  • Network equipment also known as radio access network (RAN) equipment is a type of equipment that connects terminal equipment to a wireless network, including equipment in various communication standards; there may be multiple types of network equipment Forms, such as macro base stations, micro base stations, relay stations, and access points; network equipment includes, but is not limited to, network equipment in the new air interface network and network equipment in the long-term evolution network.
  • RAN radio access network
  • network equipment includes but is not limited to: transmission reception point (TRP), next generation Node B (gNB), global system for mobile communication (GSM) or code division Base transceiver station (BTS) in code division multiple access (CDMA), node B (NB) in wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, long-term evolution
  • TRP transmission reception point
  • gNB next generation Node B
  • GSM global system for mobile communication
  • BTS code division Base transceiver station
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • NB node B
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • the evolved Node B evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB
  • RNC radio network controller
  • BSC base station controller
  • HeNB home evolved NodeB
  • HNB home Node B
  • baseband unit baseband uit, BBU
  • Uu interface is the wireless interface between the global terrestrial wireless access network and user equipment;
  • Xn interface is the network interface between the nodes of the next-generation wireless access network;
  • NG-C interface is the next-generation wireless access network Control plane interface with 5G core network;
  • NLs interface is the network layer signaling interface.
  • Multiple refers to two or more than two, other quantifiers are similar.
  • And/or describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or” relationship.
  • Correspondence can refer to an association relationship or binding relationship, and the correspondence between A and B means that there is an association relationship or binding relationship between A and B.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the terminal device 01 can interact with multiple network devices to complete the positioning method of this application.
  • the plurality of network devices includes, for example, network device A1 and network device A2.
  • the communication systems used by multiple network devices can be the same or different; for example, network device A1 and network device A2 all use the long-term evolution communication system; or network device A1 and network device A2 all use new radio (NR) communication System; Or, the network equipment A1 adopts the long-term evolution communication system, and the network equipment A2 adopts the NR communication system.
  • NR new radio
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a networking architecture provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the networking architecture shown in Figure 2 mainly includes terminal equipment, multiple network devices, access and mobility management function (AMF) ) Network element, location management function (LMF) network element, enhanced service mobile location center (Evolved serving mobile location center, E-SMLC), SUPL location platform (SUPL Location Platform, SLP).
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • LMF location management function
  • E-SMLC enhanced service mobile location center
  • E-SMLC enhanced service mobile location center
  • SUPL location platform SUPL Location Platform
  • SLP SUPL is a secure user plane location (Secure User Plane Location, SUPL) technology.
  • Multiple network devices form a wireless access network.
  • the wireless access network can be a 5G wireless access network, or the wireless access network can be other existing wireless access networks, or the wireless access network can be other wireless access networks that may appear in the future Wireless access network.
  • multiple network devices include M network devices (Ng-eNB) under long-term evolution networks and N network devices (gNB) under NR networks; M and N are greater than or equal to An integer of 0.
  • the terminal device communicates with each network device through the Uu link.
  • the terminal device communicates with the network device under the long-term evolution network through the Uu interface under the long-term evolution network, and the terminal device communicates with the network equipment under the 5G network through the new air interface network Under the Uu interface for communication. Communication between network devices is through the Xn interface.
  • Each network device communicates with the access and mobility management network element through the NG-C interface.
  • the access and mobility management network element is equivalent to a router for communication between the network device and the positioning management network element.
  • the access and mobility management network element communicates with the positioning management network element through the NLs interface, and the positioning management network element is used to realize the position estimation of the terminal device.
  • the positioning management network element can communicate with the enhanced service mobile positioning center and the SUPL positioning platform.
  • FIG 3 is a schematic diagram of another networking architecture provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the networking architecture shown in Figure 3 mainly includes terminal devices, multiple network devices, access and mobility management network elements, and positioning management network elements Physical, enhanced service mobile positioning center, SUPL positioning platform.
  • Multiple network devices form a wireless access network.
  • the wireless access network can be a 5G wireless access network, or the wireless access network can be other existing wireless access networks, or the wireless access network can be other wireless access networks that may appear in the future Wireless access network.
  • multiple network devices include M network devices (Ng-eNB) under the long-term evolution network and N network devices (gNB) under the new air interface network; M and N are greater than An integer equal to 0.
  • a location management component can be added to a network device among multiple network devices, so that the location management component can undertake the positioning function of the location management network element, that is, the location management component is used to implement the terminal device Position estimation; for example, adding a positioning management component to a network device under a new air interface network, or adding a positioning management component to a network device under a long-term evolution network.
  • the terminal device communicates with each network device through the Uu link.
  • the terminal device communicates with the network device under the long-term evolution network through the Uu interface under the long-term evolution, and the terminal device communicates with the network device under the new air interface network through the new air interface.
  • Uu interface for communication. Communication between network devices is through the Xn interface.
  • Each network device communicates with the access and mobility management network element through the NG-C interface.
  • the access and mobility management network element is equivalent to a router for communication between the network device and the positioning management network element.
  • the access and mobility management network element communicates with the positioning management network element through the NLs interface, and the positioning management network element is used to realize the position estimation of the terminal device.
  • the positioning management network element can communicate with the enhanced service mobile positioning center and the SUPL positioning platform.
  • the uplink positioning technology includes, but is not limited to: uplink positioning technology based on UTDOA (uplink time difference of arrival, UTDOA), uplink positioning technology based on angle of arrival (AOA), and relative time of arrival (relative time).
  • UTDOA uplink time difference of arrival
  • AOA angle of arrival
  • RTOA relative time of arrival
  • TDOA time difference of arrival
  • TOA time of arrival
  • uplink angle of arrival uplink angle of arrival
  • UAOA/UL-AOA uplink positioning technology.
  • the uplink and downlink positioning technologies include but are not limited to: multiple round trip timing (Multi-RTT) positioning technology.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a preamble-based positioning method provided by an embodiment of the application. As shown in Fig. 4, the method includes:
  • the positioning management network element receives first indication information from a first network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first random access channel (physical random access channel, PRACH) resource.
  • first indication information is used to indicate a first random access channel (physical random access channel, PRACH) resource.
  • PRACH physical random access channel
  • multiple network devices participate in the method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the multiple network devices include one serving network device and at least one neighboring network device.
  • the serving network device directly provides communication services for terminal devices under the serving network device. device of.
  • the preamble-based positioning method provided by the embodiment of the present application involves a positioning management network element, a first network device, at least one second network device, and a terminal device.
  • the first network device is a service network device
  • the second network device is a neighboring network device.
  • the location management network element is a network element in the core network.
  • the first network device sends a first indication message to the positioning management network element through a copy of the NR positioning protocol (NR positioning protocol annex, NRPPa).
  • NR positioning protocol annex NR positioning protocol annex, NRPPa
  • the above-mentioned first indication message indicates the random access channel (RACH) resource, that is, the first indication message indicates the resources that can be used when the terminal device communicates with the first network device and the second network device. Random access channel resources. In order to distinguish it from subsequent random access channel resources, the random access channel resource indicated by the first indication message is referred to as the first random access channel resource.
  • RACH random access channel
  • the first network device may report the first random access channel resource to the positioning management network element through the first indication information.
  • the positioning management network element sends second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the second random access channel resource, and the second indication information is also used to instruct the terminal device to send a message to the first network device and at least one 2.
  • the network device sends a preamble.
  • the positioning management network element sends the second indication information to the terminal device through the LTE positioning protocol (LTE positioning protocol, LPP).
  • LTE positioning protocol LTE positioning protocol, LPP
  • the foregoing second indication message indicates the random access channel resource to the terminal device, and the random access channel resource indicated by the second indication message is referred to as the second random access channel resource.
  • the foregoing first random access channel resource may be the same as the second random access channel resource.
  • the first network device and at least one second network device perform signaling interaction between these network devices.
  • To negotiate random access channel resources then, as the first network device serving the network device, it indicates the negotiated random access channel resources to the positioning management network element; then, the positioning management network element randomly accesses Channel resources are indicated to the terminal equipment.
  • the foregoing first random access channel resource may be different from the second random access channel resource.
  • the first network device and each second network device respectively report their first random access channel resources to the positioning management network element.
  • Access channel resources that is, the first network device and each second network device respectively indicate their first random access channel resources to the positioning management network element; then, the positioning management network element reports the information of each network device The first random access channel resource is selected, and the second random access channel resource is selected.
  • the second indication information is also used to instruct the terminal device to send the preamble to the first network device and each of the second network devices respectively.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device receives the second indication information, the terminal device can determine the second random access channel resource according to the indication of the second indication information; then, the terminal device sends the second random access channel resource to the first network device respectively according to the two random access channel resources. , Each second network device sends the preamble separately. Therefore, the terminal device is respectively connected to the first network device and each second network device, that is, the first network device and each second network device can determine that a connection is established with the terminal device respectively.
  • the location management network element sends a location information request (location information request) to the first network device and each second network device.
  • the terminal device is respectively connected to the first network device and each second network device, and then the positioning management network element needs to interact with the first network device and each second network device. In order to accurately locate the terminal equipment.
  • the positioning management network element sends a location information request to the first network device through a copy of the NR positioning protocol; and the positioning management network element sends a location information request to each second network device through a copy of the NR positioning protocol.
  • the location information request may be any one or more of the following: radio resource management signaling, media access control-control unit signaling, and downlink control information signaling.
  • the first network device measures the position of the terminal device and determines the measurement information.
  • each second network device measures the location of the terminal device and determines the measurement information. It can be seen that each measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by each network device.
  • the above-mentioned first network device and the second network device may adopt a relative time of arrival (RTOA) method to measure the position of the terminal device; or, the above-mentioned first network device and the second network device may adopt the method of arrival.
  • the angle of arrival (AOA) method measures the position of the terminal equipment.
  • the first network device and each second network device can use the relative time of arrival method to measure the position of the terminal device; the first network device and each second network device can use the angle of arrival method to measure the position of the terminal device.
  • Location; some of the first network equipment and each of the second network equipment use the relative time of arrival method to measure the position of the terminal equipment.
  • the first network equipment and the remaining network equipment of each second network equipment use the angle of arrival respectively. Ways to measure the location of the terminal device.
  • the positioning management network element receives measurement information from the first network device and each second network device, respectively, and the measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by the network device.
  • the first network device and each second network device respectively send measurement information to the positioning management network element, that is, the first network device
  • the device and each second network device report their respective measurement results to the positioning management network element.
  • the first network device sends measurement information to the positioning management network element, and the measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by the first network device.
  • a second network device sends measurement information to the positioning management network element, and the measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by the second network device.
  • Another second network device sends measurement information to the positioning management network element, and the measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by the second network device.
  • the location management network element determines the location of the terminal device according to the measurement information.
  • the positioning management network element performs positioning calculation according to the measurement information reported by the first network device and each second network device to obtain the accurate position of the terminal device, and then locate the terminal device.
  • the positioning management network element uses the Chan algorithm to sum up the measurement information to obtain the accuracy of the terminal device. position.
  • the positioning management network element uses the particle swarm optimization (partical swarm optimization, PSO) algorithm to comprehensively process each measurement information to obtain the terminal The exact location of the device.
  • Fig. 5 is a signaling diagram of a preamble-based positioning method provided by an embodiment of the application. As shown in Fig. 5, the method includes:
  • the first network device sends first indication information to the positioning management network element, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first random access channel resource.
  • the positioning management network element sends second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the second random access channel resource, and the second indication information is also used to indicate the terminal device to the first network device and the at least one first network device. 2.
  • the network device sends the preamble.
  • the terminal device sends a preamble to the first network device and the at least one second network device.
  • the location management network element sends the location information request to the first network device and each second network device.
  • the first network device sends measurement information to the positioning management network element, where the measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by the first network device.
  • Each second network device sends measurement information to the positioning management network element, where the measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by the second network device.
  • step S15 and step S16 are not limited. Step S15 may be executed first and then step S16 may be executed, or step S16 may be executed first and then step S15 may be executed, or steps S15 and S16 may be executed simultaneously.
  • the location management network element determines the location of the terminal device according to the measurement information.
  • steps shown in FIG. 5 may refer to the steps shown in FIG. 4, and details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal device positioning methods provided in Figures 4 to 5 may be based on the networking architecture provided in Figure 2 or Figure 3.
  • the first indication information is received from the first network device through the positioning management network element, the first indication information is used to indicate the first random access channel resource; the positioning management network element sends the second indication information to the terminal device, The second indication information is used to indicate the second random access channel resource, and the second indication information is also used to instruct the terminal device to send a preamble to the first network device and at least one second network device; the positioning management network element sends the location information request For the first network device and each second network device; the positioning management network element receives measurement information from the first network device and each second network device respectively, and the measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by the network device; positioning The management network element determines the location of the terminal device based on the measurement information.
  • the positioning management network element indicates to the terminal device the random access channel resource that the terminal device can use, and the terminal device can use the random access channel resource to send the preamble to the serving network device and the neighboring network device, and then the terminal device connects to it.
  • the positioning management network element interacts with the service network equipment and neighboring area network equipment respectively, and the positioning management network element obtains the measurement of the service network equipment and neighboring area network equipment.
  • each measurement information indicates the location information of the terminal device measured by each network device; then, the positioning management network element performs calculations based on the received measurement information to obtain the accurate location of the terminal device.
  • the method provided in this embodiment can use random access channel resources to complete the position measurement of the terminal equipment by multiple network devices.
  • the positioning management network element of the core network performs calculations based on the measurement information reported by each network device to obtain the accuracy of the terminal equipment.
  • the location can accurately locate the terminal equipment; and the implementation process is simple and easy.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another terminal device positioning method provided by an embodiment of the application. As shown in FIG. 6, the method includes:
  • the first random access channel resource is negotiated between the first network device and the at least one second network device.
  • multiple network devices participate in the method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the multiple network devices include one serving network device and at least one neighboring network device.
  • the serving network device directly provides communication services for terminal devices under the serving network device. device of.
  • the preamble-based positioning method provided by the embodiment of the present application involves a positioning management network element, a first network device, at least one second network device, and a terminal device.
  • the first network device is a service network device
  • the second network device is a neighboring network device.
  • the location management network element is a network element in the core network.
  • the positioning management network element determines the network equipment participating in the preamble-based positioning method provided in the embodiment of the present application, that is, the positioning management network element determines the network equipment participating in the positioning process.
  • the positioning management network element mainly selects the neighboring network equipment participating in the positioning process, that is, the positioning management network element determines the above-mentioned at least one second Internet equipment.
  • the positioning management network element determines the above-mentioned at least one second Internet equipment.
  • step S201 the first network device and at least one second network device will perform signaling interaction to negotiate the first random access channel resource.
  • each terminal device has its own available random access channel resources, where the random access channel resources of each terminal device may be different; then, through negotiation among multiple terminal devices, these random access channels are obtained. The intersection of the channel resources, and then the first random access channel resource is negotiated.
  • the positioning management network element receives first indication information from the first network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first random access channel resource.
  • the first indication information may have the following several implementation manners.
  • the first indication information includes one or more of the following: message 1 frequency division multiplexing, message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block (synchronization signal) and PBCH block (SSB) opportunity (occasion) mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel opportunity-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random access channel configuration index, random access preamble index , Synchronization signal-the index of the broadcast channel resource block; the frequency division multiplexing of message 1 is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, and the frequency of message 1 is the start of physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0 ( physical resource block0, PRB0) offset.
  • message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment
  • the frequency of message 1 is the start of physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0 ( physical resource block0, PRB0) offset.
  • the second implementation of the first indication information includes one or more of the following: message 1 frequency division multiplexing, message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask , The synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, channel status information reference signal (channel status information reference signal) , CSI-RS) index, physical random access channel opportunity list; message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, and message 1 frequency starts as the physical random access channel opportunity relative to The offset of physical resource block 0, the physical random access channel timing list is used to indicate the correspondence between the physical random access channel timing and the channel state information reference signal.
  • the first network device serving as the serving network device notifies the positioning device of the first random access channel resource Manage network elements.
  • the first network device sends a first indication message to the positioning management network element through the copy of the NR positioning protocol.
  • the first indication message may be any one or more of the following: radio resource management signaling, media access Incoming control-control unit signaling, downlink control information signaling.
  • the foregoing first indication message indicates the first random access channel resource negotiated between the first network device and the at least one second network device.
  • the first indication information may include one or more kinds of information, so that the positioning management network element and the terminal equipment can determine the first random access indicated by the first indication information Channel resources.
  • the first indication information includes but is not limited to the following information: message 1 frequency division multiplexing, message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, every Synchronization signal corresponding to a physical random access channel (PRACH) timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel The index of the resource block.
  • message 1 frequency division multiplexing refers to the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment
  • message 1 frequency start refers to the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0 .
  • physical resource block 0 is the first physical resource block under the current partial bandwidth, and the number is 0.
  • the above message 1 is the message 1 in the contention-free random access (CFRA) process.
  • the random access process refers to the process before the terminal device sends a random access preamble to try to access the network, and then establishes a basic signaling connection between the terminal device and the network.
  • the non-competitive random access process refers to the terminal equipment accessing cell-specific random access channel resources.
  • the terminal equipment is in a resource control (radio resource control, RRC) connection state.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • non-competitive random access Access will be triggered; the above-mentioned characteristic scenarios include but are not limited to: beam failure reconstruction, requesting system information, and cell switching.
  • FIG. 7 is a signaling diagram of the non-contention random access process. As shown in Figure 7, the non-contention random access process includes:
  • Step 1 The network equipment sends a random access preamble assignment (RA preamble assignment) to the terminal equipment, and the RA preamble assignment is used to indicate that the terminal equipment can access channel resources exclusively for random access.
  • RA preamble assignment a random access preamble assignment
  • step 1 the network device notifies the terminal device of the exclusive random access channel resource for the terminal device.
  • the network device in step 1 may be a network element in a core network, or a base station, and so on. Then, the random access procedure is started.
  • Step 2 The terminal device sends message 1 to the network device.
  • step 2 the message 1 includes the preamble; the terminal device can use the random access channel resource to send the message 1 to the network device.
  • the preamble under the random access channel resource can be dedicated to the terminal equipment.
  • the terminal device In the process of non-competitive random access, the terminal device already has a unique identifier in the access cell, which is the cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI), so no network equipment is required Assign the cell wireless network temporary identity to the terminal equipment.
  • C-RNTI cell radio network temporary identifier
  • Step 3 The network device sends a response message to the terminal device.
  • step 3 the response message characterizes that the terminal device has accessed the cell.
  • each piece of information in the first indication information may have the following specific characteristics.
  • each physical random access channel opportunity is composed of multiple preambles, for example, each physical random access channel opportunity is composed of 64 preambles.
  • the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment is an integer, and its value may be 2 n , and n is a positive integer greater than or equal to 0.
  • the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment can be 1, 2, 4, 8, and so on.
  • the physical random access channel configuration index has a value range of [0,255], and the physical random access channel configuration index is an integer.
  • the physical random access channel configuration index may also be referred to as the physical random access channel time domain configuration index.
  • the physical random access channel configuration index is used to indicate the time domain resources of the physical random access channel timing; the physical random access channel configuration index and the time domain resources of the physical random access channel.
  • the terminal equipment can determine the parameters according to the physical random access channel configuration index, including but not limited to: the number of subframes, the start symbol, the number of time slots occupied by the physical random access channel in a subframe, and a physical random access The number of physical random access channel opportunities in the time slot occupied by the channel timing.
  • Table 1 is part of Table 6.3.3.2-2 in TS38.211 in 3GPP communication technology protocol.
  • Table 6.3.3.2-2 please refer to Table 6.3.3.2 in TS38.211 in 3GPP communication technology protocol. The introduction of -2 will not be repeated.
  • Table 6.3.3.2-2 Random access configurations for FR1 and paired spectrum/supplementary uplink (Random access configurations for FR1 and paired spectrum/supplementary uplink).
  • Table 2 is part of Table 6.3.3.2-3 in TS38.211 in 3GPP communication technology protocol.
  • Table 6.3.3.2-3 please refer to Table 6.3.3.2 in TS38.211 in 3GPP communication technology protocol. The introduction of -3 will not be repeated.
  • Table 6.3.3.2-3 Random access configurations for FR1 and unpaired spectrum.
  • Table 3 is part of Table 6.3.3.2-4 in TS38.211 in 3GPP communication technology protocol.
  • Table 6.3.3.2-4 please refer to Table 6.3.3.2 in TS38.211 in 3GPP communication technology protocol. The introduction of -4 will not be repeated.
  • Table 6.3.3.2-4 Random access configurations for FR2 and unpaired spectrum.
  • Table 1 Table 6.3.3.2-2: Random access configurations for FR1 and paired spectrum/supplementary uplink
  • Table 2 Table 6.3.3.2-3: Random access configurations for FR1 and unpaired spectrum
  • Table 3 Table 6.3.3.2-4: Random access configurations for FR2 and unpaired spectrum
  • the number of synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource blocks corresponding to each physical random access channel opportunity can be 2 n , or (1/2) n , where n is greater than or equal to 0 A positive integer.
  • the number of synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource blocks corresponding to each physical random access channel opportunity can be 1/8, 1/4, 1/2, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16.
  • the number of synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource blocks corresponding to different physical random access channel opportunities may be the same or different.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the correspondence between physical random access channel timing and synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource blocks provided by this application.
  • the horizontal axis of FIG. 8 is the time domain, and the vertical axis of FIG. 8 is In the frequency domain, Figure 8 shows 16 physical random access channel timings.
  • Each physical random access channel timing corresponds to a different synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block; each box in Figure 8 is a physical random access channel.
  • the index of the channel entry opportunity that is, the indexes of the 16 physical random access channel opportunities are RO#0, RO#1, RO#2, RO#3, RO#4, RO#5, RO#6, RO# 7.
  • RO#8, RO#9, RO#10, RO#11, RO#12, RO#13, RO#14, RO#15; the indexes of synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block (SSB) are #0 respectively , #1, #2, #3, #4, #5, #6, #7.
  • the index of the random access preamble has a value range of [0,63].
  • the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0 is 0, and the synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing -The number of broadcast channel resource blocks is 1/2.
  • the first indication information includes but is not limited to the following information: message 1 frequency division multiplexing, message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, The synchronization signal corresponding to a physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, channel state information reference signal index, physical random access channel Timing list.
  • message 1 frequency division multiplexing refers to the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment.
  • the message 1 frequency start refers to the offset of the physical random access channel start timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the physical random access channel timing list is used to indicate the correspondence between the physical random access channel timing and the channel state information reference signal.
  • the above message 1 is also the message 1 in the non-contention random access process.
  • each information in the first indication information may have the following specific characteristics.
  • each physical random access channel opportunity is composed of multiple preambles, for example, each physical random access channel opportunity is composed of 64 preambles.
  • the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment is an integer, and its value may be 2 n , and n is a positive integer greater than or equal to 0.
  • the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment can be 1, 2, 4, 8, and so on.
  • the physical random access channel configuration index has a value range of [0,255], and the physical random access channel configuration index is an integer.
  • the physical random access channel configuration index may also be referred to as the physical random access channel time domain configuration index.
  • the physical random access channel configuration index is used to indicate the time domain resources of the physical random access channel timing; the terminal equipment can determine the parameters according to the physical random access channel configuration index including but not limited to: number of subframes, start symbol , The number of time slots occupied by physical random access channel opportunities in a subframe, and the number of physical random access channel opportunities in the time slots occupied by a physical random access channel opportunity.
  • the number of synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource blocks corresponding to each physical random access channel opportunity can be 2 n , or (1/2) n , where n is greater than or equal to 0 A positive integer.
  • the number of synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource blocks corresponding to each physical random access channel opportunity can be 1/8, 1/4, 1/2, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16.
  • the number of synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource blocks corresponding to different physical random access channel opportunities may be the same or different.
  • the physical random access channel timing list may indicate the correspondence between the physical random access channel timing and the channel state information reference signal.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the time-frequency domain resource distribution of physical random access channel timing provided by this application. As shown in FIG. 9, the horizontal axis of FIG. 9 is the time domain, the vertical axis of FIG. 7 is the frequency domain, and FIG. 9 shows 16 physical random access channel timings, each physical random access channel timing corresponds to a different time-frequency domain resource; each box in Figure 9 is an index of a physical random access channel timing, that is, 16 physical random access channel timings.
  • the indexes of random access channel timing are RO#0, RO#1, RO#2, RO#3, RO#4, RO#5, RO#6, RO#7, RO#8, RO#9, RO #10, RO#11, RO#12, RO#13, RO#14, RO#15.
  • the index of the random access preamble has a value range of [0,63].
  • the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0 is 0, and the synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing -The number of broadcast channel resource blocks is 1/2.
  • the positioning management network element sends second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the second random access channel resource, and the second indication information is also used to indicate the terminal device to the first network device and the at least one first network device. 2.
  • the network device sends a preamble. Wherein, the first random access channel resource is the same as the second random access channel resource.
  • the second indication information includes the identity of each cell and the fourth indication information corresponding to each cell; the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second random access channel resource corresponding to the cell.
  • the fourth indication information may have the following several implementation manners.
  • the second indication information includes one or more of the following: message 1 frequency division multiplexing, message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask , The synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel opportunity-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, the physical random access channel configuration index, the index of the random access preamble, and the synchronization signal-the index of the broadcast channel resource block; message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, and the start of message 1 frequency is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the second indication information includes one or more of the following: message 1 frequency division multiplexing, message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask , The synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel opportunity-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, the physical random access channel configuration index, the index of the random access preamble, the index of the channel state information reference signal, the physical random access Enter the channel timing list; the frequency division multiplexing of message 1 is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, and the frequency of message 1 starts with the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • Physical random The access channel timing list is used to indicate the correspondence between the physical random access channel timing and the channel state information reference signal.
  • the positioning management network element may directly generate the second indication information according to the first indication information and the identity of each cell. It can be seen that the second indication information includes the identity of each cell and the fourth indication information corresponding to each cell; the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second random access channel resource corresponding to the cell.
  • the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell is the same as the first random access channel resource.
  • the positioning management network element sends the second indication information to the terminal device.
  • the fourth indication information in the second indication information indicates the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell
  • the second indication information is also used to instruct the terminal device to send the first network device to the first network device and each cell.
  • the second network device sends the preamble respectively; thus, the terminal device can determine the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell according to the fourth indication information corresponding to each cell; then, the terminal device can determine the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell according to each cell.
  • the fourth indication information includes but is not limited to the following information: message 1 frequency division multiplexing, message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, every Synchronization signal corresponding to a physical random access channel (PRACH) timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel The index of the resource block.
  • message 1 frequency division multiplexing refers to the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment
  • message 1 frequency start refers to the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0 .
  • the above message 1 is the message 1 in the non-contention random access process.
  • each piece of information in the fourth indication information may have the following specific characteristics.
  • each physical random access channel opportunity is composed of multiple preambles, for example, each physical random access channel opportunity is composed of 64 preambles.
  • the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment is an integer, and its value may be 2 n , and n is a positive integer greater than or equal to 0.
  • the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment can be 1, 2, 4, 8, and so on.
  • the physical random access channel configuration index has a value range of [0,255], and the physical random access channel configuration index is an integer.
  • the physical random access channel configuration index may also be referred to as the physical random access channel time domain configuration index.
  • the physical random access channel configuration index is used to indicate the time domain resources of the physical random access channel timing; the physical random access channel configuration index, the physical random access channel time domain resources, the corresponding relationship between the two can be referred to the existing The TS38.211 in the communication standard is shown in Tables 6.3.3. 2 to 6.3.3.2-4.
  • the terminal equipment can determine the parameters according to the physical random access channel configuration index, including but not limited to: the number of subframes, the start symbol, the number of time slots occupied by the physical random access channel in a subframe, and a physical random access The number of physical random access channel opportunities in the time slot occupied by the channel timing.
  • the number of synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource blocks corresponding to each physical random access channel opportunity can be 2 n , or (1/2) n , where n is greater than or equal to 0 A positive integer.
  • the number of synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource blocks corresponding to each physical random access channel opportunity can be 1/8, 1/4, 1/2, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16.
  • the number of synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource blocks corresponding to different physical random access channel opportunities may be the same or different.
  • the correspondence between the physical random access channel timing and the synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block can be referred to as shown in 8.
  • the index of the random access preamble has a value range of [0,63].
  • the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0 is 0, and the synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing -The number of broadcast channel resource blocks is 1/2.
  • the fourth indication information includes but is not limited to the following information: message 1 frequency division multiplexing, message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, every The synchronization signal corresponding to a physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, channel state information reference signal index, physical random access channel Timing list.
  • message 1 frequency division multiplexing refers to the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment.
  • the message 1 frequency start refers to the offset of the physical random access channel start timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the physical random access channel timing list is used to indicate the correspondence between the physical random access channel timing and the channel state information reference signal.
  • the above message 1 is also the message 1 in the non-contention random access process.
  • each piece of information in the fourth indication information may have the following specific characteristics.
  • each physical random access channel opportunity is composed of multiple preambles, for example, each physical random access channel opportunity is composed of 64 preambles.
  • the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment is an integer, and its value may be 2 n , and n is a positive integer greater than or equal to 0.
  • the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment can be 1, 2, 4, 8, and so on.
  • the physical random access channel configuration index has a value range of [0,255], and the physical random access channel configuration index is an integer.
  • the physical random access channel configuration index may also be referred to as the physical random access channel time domain configuration index.
  • the physical random access channel configuration index is used to indicate the time domain resources of the physical random access channel timing; the terminal equipment can determine the parameters according to the physical random access channel configuration index including but not limited to: number of subframes, start symbol , The number of time slots occupied by physical random access channel opportunities in a subframe, and the number of physical random access channel opportunities in the time slots occupied by a physical random access channel opportunity.
  • the number of synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource blocks corresponding to each physical random access channel opportunity can be 2 n , or (1/2) n , where n is greater than or equal to 0 A positive integer.
  • the number of synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource blocks corresponding to each physical random access channel opportunity can be 1/8, 1/4, 1/2, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16.
  • the number of synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource blocks corresponding to different physical random access channel opportunities may be the same or different.
  • the physical random access channel timing list may indicate the correspondence between the physical random access channel timing and the channel state information reference signal.
  • the resource distribution of random access occasions with different numbers in the time-frequency domain can be seen in Figure 9.
  • the physical random access channel opportunity list is used to indicate the number of the selected random access occasion, and the random access occasion of this number is the same as Channel state information reference signal index correspondence.
  • the index of the random access preamble has a value range of [0,63].
  • the terminal equipment can determine the preamble according to the cell identity, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index, physical random access channel configuration index, and random access preamble index; the preamble is located in a certain cell corresponding to a certain cell Synchronization signal-the physical random access channel timing corresponding to the broadcast channel resource block; the terminal equipment according to the cell identity, the synchronization signal-the index of the broadcast channel resource block, the physical random access channel configuration index, and the index of the random access preamble , To determine which synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block corresponding to the physical random access channel timing of which cell in which the preamble is located.
  • the location management network element sends the location information request to the first network device and each second network device.
  • this step may refer to step S103 in FIG. 4, and details are not described herein again.
  • the positioning management network element receives measurement information from the first network device and each second network device, respectively, and the measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by the network device.
  • this step may refer to step S104 in FIG. 4, and details are not described herein again.
  • the location management network element determines the location of the terminal device according to the measurement information.
  • this step may refer to step S105 in FIG. 4, and details are not described herein again.
  • Fig. 10 is a signaling diagram of another preamble-based positioning method provided by an embodiment of the application. As shown in Fig. 10, the method includes:
  • the positioning management network element determines at least one second network device.
  • the first random access channel resource is negotiated between the first network device and the at least one second network device.
  • the first network device sends first indication information to the positioning management network element, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first random access channel resource.
  • the positioning management network element sends second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the second random access channel resource, and the second indication information is also used to instruct the terminal device to send a message to the first network device and the at least one first network device. 2.
  • the network device sends the preamble. Wherein, the first random access channel resource is the same as the second random access channel resource.
  • the terminal device sends a preamble to the first network device and the at least one second network device.
  • the location management network element sends the location information request to the first network device and each second network device.
  • the first network device sends measurement information to the positioning management network element, where the measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by the first network device.
  • Each second network device sends measurement information to the positioning management network element, where the measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by the second network device.
  • step S27 and step S28 are not limited. Step S27 can be executed first and then step S28 can be executed, or step S28 can be executed first and then step S27 can be executed, or steps S27 and S28 can be executed simultaneously.
  • the location management network element determines the location of the terminal device according to the measurement information.
  • steps shown in FIG. 10 may refer to the steps shown in FIG. 6, and details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal device positioning methods provided in FIG. 6 and FIG. 10 may be based on the networking architecture provided in FIG. 2 or FIG. 3.
  • the first random access channel resource that can be used by the terminal device is negotiated between the first network device and at least one second network device, and the first network device sends the first indication information to the positioning management network element.
  • One indication information is used to indicate the first random access channel resource; thus, the positioning management network element can determine the second indication information according to the first indication information and the identity of each cell, and the second indication information includes the identity, The fourth indication information corresponding to each cell, the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second random access channel resource corresponding to the cell; then, the positioning management network element sends the second indication information to the terminal device, and then indicates to the terminal device
  • the terminal device can use the random access channel resource to send the preamble to the serving network device and the neighboring network device, and then the terminal device is connected to the serving network device and the neighboring network device.
  • the positioning management network element interacts with the service network equipment and the neighboring network equipment respectively, and the positioning management network element obtains the measurement information measured by the service network equipment and the neighboring network equipment.
  • Each measurement information indicates each The location information of the terminal device measured by a network device; then, the location management network element performs calculations based on the received measurement information to obtain the accurate location of the terminal device.
  • the method provided in this embodiment can use random access channel resources to complete the position measurement of the terminal equipment by multiple network devices.
  • the positioning management network element of the core network performs calculations based on the measurement information reported by each network device to obtain the accuracy of the terminal equipment.
  • the location can accurately locate the terminal equipment; and the implementation process is simple and easy.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of another terminal device positioning method provided by an embodiment of the application. As shown in FIG. 11, the method includes:
  • the positioning management network element sends a resource information request (resource information request) to the first network device and each second network device.
  • multiple network devices participate in the method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the multiple network devices include one serving network device and at least one neighboring network device.
  • the serving network device directly provides communication services for terminal devices under the serving network device. device of.
  • the preamble-based positioning method provided by the embodiment of the present application involves a positioning management network element, a first network device, at least one second network device, and a terminal device.
  • the first network device is a service network device
  • the second network device is a neighboring network device.
  • the location management network element is a network element in the core network.
  • the positioning management network element determines the network equipment participating in the preamble-based positioning method provided in the embodiment of the present application, that is, the positioning management network element determines the network equipment participating in the positioning process.
  • the positioning management network element mainly selects the neighboring network equipment participating in the positioning process, that is, the positioning management network element determines the above-mentioned at least one second Internet equipment.
  • the positioning management network element determines the above-mentioned at least one second Internet equipment.
  • step S301 since the positioning management network element has determined that each network device participating in the positioning process is a first network device and at least one second network device, the positioning management network element can report to the first network The device and each second network device send a resource information request, and the resource information request is used to request a random access channel resource determined by each network device.
  • the positioning management network element receives first indication information from the first network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first random access channel resource.
  • the first indication information may have the following several implementation manners.
  • the first indication information includes one or more of the following: message 1 frequency division multiplexing, message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask , The synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel opportunity-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, the physical random access channel configuration index, the index of the random access preamble, and the synchronization signal-the index of the broadcast channel resource block; message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, and the start of message 1 frequency is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the second implementation of the first indication information includes one or more of the following: message 1 frequency division multiplexing, message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask , The synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel opportunity-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, the physical random access channel configuration index, the index of the random access preamble, the index of the channel state information reference signal, the physical random access Enter the channel timing list; the frequency division multiplexing of message 1 is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, and the frequency of message 1 starts with the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • Physical random The access channel timing list is used to indicate the correspondence between the physical random access channel timing and the channel state information reference signal.
  • the first network device serving as the network device knows the first random access channel resource that the first network device can provide, so that the first network device can generate a first indication indicating the first random access channel resource Information; then, the first network device sends the first indication information to the positioning management network element.
  • the first indication information may include one or more kinds of information, so that the positioning management network element and the terminal equipment can determine the first random access indicated by the first indication information Channel resources.
  • step S202 in FIG. 6 For a specific implementation manner of the first indication information, reference may be made to the introduction of step S202 in FIG. 6, and details are not described herein again.
  • the positioning management network element receives third indication information from each second network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate third random access channel resources, and each third random access channel resource is associated with each second network device. Resources corresponding to the device.
  • each second network device as a neighboring network device knows the third random access channel resource that each second network device can provide, so that each second network device can generate an indication of the third random access channel. Enter the third indication information of the channel resource; then, each second network device sends the third indication information to the positioning management network element.
  • the third indication information may include one or more kinds of information, so that the positioning management network element and the terminal equipment can determine the third random access indicated by the third indication information Channel resources.
  • the third indication information For the information included in the third indication information, refer to the first indication information.
  • the third indication information For a specific implementation manner of the third indication information, reference may be made to the introduction of the first indication information in step S202 in FIG. 6, and details are not described herein again.
  • step S302 and step S303 are not limited. Step S302 can be executed first and then step S303 can be executed, or step S303 can be executed first and then step S302 can be executed, or step S302 and step S303 can be executed simultaneously.
  • the positioning management network element determines second indication information according to the first indication information and each third indication information; the second indication information is used to indicate the second random access channel resource, and the second indication information is also used to indicate the terminal device
  • the preamble is sent to the first network device and the at least one second network device; the first random access channel resource is different from the second random access channel resource.
  • the second indication information includes the identity of each cell and the fourth indication information corresponding to each cell; the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second random access channel resource corresponding to the cell.
  • the fourth indication information may have the following several implementation manners.
  • the second indication information includes one or more of the following: message 1 frequency division multiplexing, message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask , The synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel opportunity-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, the physical random access channel configuration index, the index of the random access preamble, and the synchronization signal-the index of the broadcast channel resource block; message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, and the start of message 1 frequency is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the second indication information includes one or more of the following: message 1 frequency division multiplexing, message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask , The synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel opportunity-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, the physical random access channel configuration index, the index of the random access preamble, the index of the channel state information reference signal, the physical random access Enter the channel timing list; the frequency division multiplexing of message 1 is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, and the frequency of message 1 starts with the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • Physical random The access channel timing list is used to indicate the correspondence between the physical random access channel timing and the channel state information reference signal.
  • the positioning management network element may determine the first random access channel resource reported by the first network device according to the first indication information sent by the first network device; the positioning management network element The third random access channel resource reported by each second network device may be determined according to the third indication information sent by each second network device.
  • the positioning management network element selects the second random access channel resource that the terminal device can use according to the first random access channel resource reported by the first network device and the third random access channel resource reported by each second network device. Incoming channel resources.
  • the positioning management network element generates second indication information according to the second random access channel resource and the identity of each cell.
  • the second indication information includes the identity of each cell and the fourth indication information corresponding to each cell; the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second random access channel resource corresponding to the cell.
  • the positioning management network element sends the second indication information to the terminal device.
  • the positioning management network element sends the second indication information to the terminal device.
  • the fourth indication information in the second indication information indicates the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell
  • the second indication information is also used to instruct the terminal device to send the first network device to the first network device and each cell.
  • the second network device sends the preamble respectively; thus, the terminal device can determine the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell according to the fourth indication information corresponding to each cell; then, the terminal device can determine the second random access channel resource corresponding to each cell according to each cell.
  • the location management network element sends the location information request to the first network device and each second network device.
  • this step may refer to step S103 in FIG. 4, and details are not described herein again.
  • the positioning management network element receives measurement information from the first network device and each second network device, respectively, and the measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by the network device.
  • this step may refer to step S104 in FIG. 4, and details are not described herein again.
  • the location management network element determines the location of the terminal device according to the measurement information.
  • this step may refer to step S105 in FIG. 4, and details are not described herein again.
  • Fig. 12 is a signaling diagram of yet another preamble-based positioning method provided by an embodiment of the application. As shown in Fig. 12, the method includes:
  • the positioning management network element determines at least one second network device.
  • the positioning management network element sends the resource information request to the first network device and each second network device.
  • the first network device sends first indication information to the positioning management network element, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first random access channel resource.
  • Each second network device sends third indication information to the positioning management network element, where the third indication information is used to indicate the third random access channel resource, and each third random access channel resource is equal to each second Resources corresponding to the network device.
  • step S33 and step S34 are not limited. Step S33 may be executed first and then step S34 may be executed, or step S34 may be executed first and then step S33 may be executed, or steps S33 and S34 may be executed simultaneously.
  • the positioning management network element determines second indication information according to the first indication information and each third indication information; the second indication information is used to indicate the second random access channel resource, and the second indication information is also used to indicate the terminal equipment
  • the preamble is sent to the first network device and the at least one second network device; the first random access channel resource is different from the second random access channel resource.
  • the positioning management network element sends the second indication information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device sends a preamble to the first network device and the at least one second network device.
  • the location management network element sends the location information request to the first network device and each second network device.
  • the first network device sends measurement information to the positioning management network element, where the measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by the first network device.
  • Each second network device sends measurement information to the positioning management network element, where the measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by the second network device.
  • step S39 and step S391 are not limited. Step S39 may be executed first and then step S391 may be executed, or step S391 may be executed first and then step S39 may be executed, or steps S39 and S391 may be executed simultaneously.
  • the location management network element determines the location of the terminal device according to the measurement information.
  • steps shown in FIG. 12 may refer to the steps shown in FIG. 11, and details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal device positioning methods provided in FIG. 11 and FIG. 12 may be based on the networking architecture provided in FIG. 2 or FIG. 3.
  • the respective random access channel resources are reported to the positioning management network element through the first network device and at least one second network device; the positioning management network element can report the random access channel resources and the respective random access channel resources reported by each network device.
  • the identity of the cell determines the second indication information.
  • the second indication information includes the identity of each cell and the fourth indication information corresponding to each cell.
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second random access channel resource corresponding to the cell.
  • the positioning management network element sends the second indication information to the terminal device, and then indicates to the terminal device the random access channel resource that the terminal device can use, and the terminal device can use the random access channel resource to the serving network device, neighbor
  • the area network equipment sends the preamble, and then the terminal equipment is connected to the service network equipment and the neighboring network equipment; then, the positioning management network element interacts with the service network equipment and the neighboring network equipment respectively, and the positioning management network element obtains The measurement information measured by the service network equipment and the neighboring network equipment, each measurement information indicates the location information of the terminal equipment measured by each network equipment; then, the positioning management network element performs calculations based on the received measurement information to obtain the terminal The exact location of the device.
  • the method provided in this embodiment can use random access channel resources to complete the position measurement of the terminal equipment by multiple network devices.
  • the positioning management network element of the core network performs calculations based on the measurement information reported by each network device to obtain the accuracy of the terminal equipment.
  • the location can accurately locate the terminal equipment; and the implementation process is simple and easy.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of another terminal device positioning method provided by an embodiment of this application. As shown in FIG. 13, the method includes:
  • the first network device sends first indication information to the positioning management network element, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first random access channel resource.
  • the first network device receives the preamble sent by the terminal device according to the second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the second random access channel resource, and the second indication information is also used to indicate the terminal device to the first network device and At least one second network device sends the preamble.
  • the first network device receives the location information request sent by the location management network element.
  • the first network device determines measurement information according to the location information request, where the measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by the network device.
  • the first network device sends the measurement information to the positioning management network element.
  • the first random access channel resource is the same as the second random access channel resource.
  • the first random access channel resource is different from the second random access channel resource, and the first random access channel resource is a resource corresponding to the first network device; then, before step S401, the method further includes: A network device receives a resource information request from a positioning management network element, and the resource information request is used to request the first random access channel resource.
  • the second indication information includes the identity of each cell and the fourth indication information corresponding to each cell; the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second random access channel resource corresponding to the cell.
  • the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following information: message 1 frequency division multiplexing, message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, each physical random access channel timing Corresponding synchronization signal-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index; message 1 frequency division multiplexing for each moment The number of physical random access channel opportunities, the start of the frequency of message 1 is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following information: message 1 frequency division multiplexing, message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, each physical random access
  • the synchronization signal corresponding to the channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, channel state information reference signal index, physical random access channel timing list;
  • message 1 Frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment.
  • the start of message 1 frequency is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the physical random access channel timing list is used Indicate the correspondence between the physical random access channel timing and the channel state information reference signal.
  • the first indication information includes one or more of the following: message 1 frequency division multiplexing, message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, each physical random access The synchronization signal corresponding to the channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, the physical random access channel configuration index, the index of the random access preamble, the synchronization signal-the index of the broadcast channel resource block; message 1 frequency division multiplexing is every The number of physical random access channel opportunities at a moment, and the start of the message 1 frequency is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the first indication information includes one or more of the following: message 1 frequency division multiplexing, message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, each physical random access channel timing Corresponding synchronization signal-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, channel state information reference signal index, physical random access channel timing list; message 1 frequency division Reuse is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment.
  • the frequency of message 1 starts with the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the physical random access channel timing list is used to indicate the physical Correspondence between random access channel timing and channel state information reference signal.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart of another terminal device positioning method provided by an embodiment of the application. As shown in FIG. 14, the method includes:
  • the second network device sends third indication information to the positioning management network element, where the third indication information is used to indicate the third random access channel resource, and each third random access channel resource is associated with each second network device. Corresponding resources.
  • the second network device receives the preamble sent by the terminal device according to the second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the second random access channel resource, and the second indication information is also used to indicate the terminal device to the first network device and At least one second network device sends the preamble, and the second random access channel resource is different from the third random access channel resource.
  • the second network device receives the location information request sent by the location management network element.
  • the second network device determines measurement information according to the location information request, where the measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by the network device.
  • the second network device sends the measurement information to the positioning management network element.
  • step S501 it may further include: the second network device receives a resource information request from the positioning management network element, the resource information request is used to request the third random access channel resource and the first random access channel resource,
  • the first random access channel resource is a resource corresponding to the first network device.
  • the second indication information includes the identity of each cell and the fourth indication information corresponding to each cell; the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second random access channel resource corresponding to the cell.
  • the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following information: message 1 frequency division multiplexing, message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, each physical random Synchronization signal corresponding to the access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index; message 1 frequency division multiplexing It is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, and the start of the message 1 frequency is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following information: message 1 frequency division multiplexing, message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, each physical random access
  • the synchronization signal corresponding to the channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, channel state information reference signal index, physical random access channel timing list;
  • message 1 Frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment.
  • the start of message 1 frequency is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the physical random access channel timing list is used Indicate the correspondence between the physical random access channel timing and the channel state information reference signal.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart of another method for locating a terminal device according to an embodiment of the application. As shown in FIG. 15, the method includes:
  • the first network device negotiates a random access channel resource with at least one second network device.
  • multiple network devices participate in the method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the multiple network devices include one serving network device and at least one neighboring network device.
  • the serving network device directly provides communication services for terminal devices under the serving network device. device of.
  • the preamble-based positioning method provided by the embodiment of the present application involves a first network device, N second network devices, and terminal devices; N is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1; wherein, the first network device is a serving network device, The second network device is a neighboring cell network device.
  • the first network device as the serving network device is configured with a positioning management component; at least one of the N second network devices is configured with a positioning management component.
  • the preamble-based positioning method provided in the embodiments of the present application may also involve a positioning management network element; the positioning management network element is a network element in a core network. There may be a signaling interaction process between the positioning management network element and the first network device and N second network devices. There may also be a signaling interaction process between the positioning management network element and other network devices.
  • the above-mentioned one first network device and N second network devices in the embodiment of the present application may be determined by the positioning management network element. That is, the positioning management network element determines the network equipment that participates in the preamble-based positioning method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first network device serving as the serving network device in the embodiment of the present application may select the above-mentioned second network device serving as the neighboring network device.
  • the location management component in the first network device selects N second network devices.
  • the first network device and the N second network devices will perform signaling interaction to negotiate random access channel resources.
  • each terminal device has its own available random access channel resources, where the random access channel resources of each terminal device may be different; then, through negotiation among multiple terminal devices, these random access channels are obtained. The intersection of channel resources, and then the random access channel resources are negotiated.
  • the first network device sends first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate random access channel resources, and the first indication information is also used to indicate the terminal device to the first network device and the at least one second network.
  • the device sends the preamble.
  • the first indication information includes the identity of each cell and the second indication information corresponding to each cell; the second indication information is used to indicate the random access channel resource corresponding to the cell.
  • the second indication information includes the following implementation manners.
  • the second indication information includes one or more of the following information: message 1 frequency division multiplexing, message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, each The synchronization signal corresponding to the physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, the physical random access channel configuration index, the index of the random access preamble, and the synchronization signal-the index of the broadcast channel resource block.
  • the frequency division multiplexing of message 1 is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, and the start of message 1 frequency is the offset of the starting physical random access channel timing with respect to physical resource block 0.
  • the second indication information includes one or more of the following information: message 1 frequency division multiplexing, message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, each The synchronization signal corresponding to the physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, channel state information reference signal index, physical random access channel timing List.
  • the frequency division multiplexing of message 1 is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, and the frequency of message 1 starts with the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the physical random access channel The timing list is used to indicate the correspondence between the physical random access channel timing and the channel state information reference signal.
  • the first network device serving as the network device notifies the terminal device of the random access channel resource.
  • the first network device sends a first indication message to the terminal device.
  • the first indication message may be any one or more of the following: radio resource management signaling, media access control-control unit signaling , Downlink control information signaling.
  • the first network device sends the first indication message to the terminal device through RRC signaling.
  • the foregoing first indication message indicates the random access channel resource negotiated between the first network device and the at least one second network device.
  • the first indication information includes the identifier of each cell and the second indication information corresponding to each cell; the second indication information is used to indicate the random access channel resource corresponding to the cell.
  • the second indication information may include one or more kinds of information, so that the terminal device can determine the random access channel resource indicated by the second indication information.
  • the second indication information includes but is not limited to the following information: message 1 frequency division multiplexing, message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, every Synchronization signal corresponding to a physical random access channel (PRACH) timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel The index of the resource block.
  • message 1 frequency division multiplexing refers to the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment
  • message 1 frequency start refers to the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0 .
  • the above message 1 is the message 1 in the non-contention random access process.
  • each information in the second indication information may have the following specific characteristics.
  • each physical random access channel opportunity is composed of multiple preambles, for example, each physical random access channel opportunity is composed of 64 preambles.
  • the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment is an integer, and its value may be 2 n , and n is a positive integer greater than or equal to 0.
  • the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment can be 1, 2, 4, 8, and so on.
  • the physical random access channel configuration index has a value range of [0,255], and the physical random access channel configuration index is an integer.
  • the physical random access channel configuration index may also be referred to as the physical random access channel time domain configuration index.
  • the physical random access channel configuration index is used to indicate the time domain resources of the physical random access channel timing; the physical random access channel configuration index, the physical random access channel time domain resources, the corresponding relationship between the two can be referred to the existing The TS38.211 in the communication standard is shown in Tables 6.3.3. 2 to 6.3.3.2-4.
  • the terminal equipment can determine the parameters according to the physical random access channel configuration index, including but not limited to: the number of subframes, the start symbol, the number of time slots occupied by the physical random access channel in a subframe, and a physical random access The number of physical random access channel opportunities in the time slot occupied by the channel timing.
  • the number of synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource blocks corresponding to each physical random access channel opportunity can be 2 n , or (1/2) n , where n is greater than or equal to 0 A positive integer.
  • the number of synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource blocks corresponding to each physical random access channel opportunity can be 1/8, 1/4, 1/2, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16.
  • the number of synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource blocks corresponding to different physical random access channel opportunities may be the same or different.
  • the correspondence between the physical random access channel timing and the synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block can be seen in FIG. 8.
  • the index of the random access preamble has a value range of [0,63].
  • the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0 is 0, and the synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing -The number of broadcast channel resource blocks is 1/2.
  • the second indication information includes but is not limited to the following information: message 1 frequency division multiplexing, message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, every The synchronization signal corresponding to a physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, channel state information reference signal index, physical random access channel Timing list.
  • message 1 frequency division multiplexing refers to the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment.
  • the message 1 frequency start refers to the offset of the physical random access channel start timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the physical random access channel timing list is used to indicate the correspondence between the physical random access channel timing and the channel state information reference signal.
  • the above message 1 is also the message 1 in the non-contention random access process.
  • each information in the second indication information may have the following specific characteristics.
  • each physical random access channel opportunity is composed of multiple preambles, for example, each physical random access channel opportunity is composed of 64 preambles.
  • the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment is an integer, and its value may be 2 n , and n is a positive integer greater than or equal to 0.
  • the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment can be 1, 2, 4, 8, and so on.
  • the physical random access channel configuration index has a value range of [0,255], and the physical random access channel configuration index is an integer.
  • the physical random access channel configuration index may also be referred to as the physical random access channel time domain configuration index.
  • the physical random access channel configuration index is used to indicate the time domain resources of the physical random access channel timing; the terminal equipment can determine the parameters according to the physical random access channel configuration index including but not limited to: number of subframes, start symbol , The number of time slots occupied by physical random access channel opportunities in a subframe, and the number of physical random access channel opportunities in the time slots occupied by a physical random access channel opportunity.
  • the number of synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource blocks corresponding to each physical random access channel opportunity can be 2 n , or (1/2) n , where n is greater than or equal to 0 A positive integer.
  • the number of synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource blocks corresponding to each physical random access channel opportunity can be 1/8, 1/4, 1/2, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16.
  • the number of synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource blocks corresponding to different physical random access channel opportunities may be the same or different.
  • the physical random access channel timing list may indicate the correspondence between the physical random access channel timing and the channel state information reference signal.
  • the resource distribution of random access occasions with different numbers in the time-frequency domain can be seen in Figure 9.
  • the physical random access channel opportunity list is used to indicate the number of the selected random access occasion, and the random access occasion of this number is the same as Channel state information reference signal index correspondence.
  • the index of the random access preamble has a value range of [0,63].
  • the terminal equipment can determine the preamble according to the cell identity, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index, physical random access channel configuration index, and random access preamble index; the preamble is located in a certain cell corresponding to a certain cell Synchronization signal-the physical random access channel timing corresponding to the broadcast channel resource block; the terminal equipment according to the cell identity, the synchronization signal-the index of the broadcast channel resource block, the physical random access channel configuration index, and the index of the random access preamble , To determine which synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block corresponding to the physical random access channel timing of which cell in which the preamble is located.
  • S603 The first network device receives the preamble from the terminal device.
  • the first indication information is also used to instruct the terminal device to send the preamble to the first network device and each of the second network devices respectively; thus, the terminal device can, according to the second indication information corresponding to each cell, Determine the random access channel resource corresponding to each cell; then, the terminal device uses the random access channel resource corresponding to each cell according to the identity of each cell to send the preamble to each cell. Therefore, the terminal device uses the random access channel resource to send the preamble to the first network device and each second network device. Therefore, the terminal device is respectively connected to the first network device and each second network device, that is, the first network device and each second network device can determine that a connection is established with the terminal device respectively.
  • S604 The first network device sends the location information request to each second network device.
  • the terminal device is respectively connected to the first network device and each second network device. Then, the positioning management component in the first network device needs to communicate with the first network device and each second network device. The network equipment interacts to accurately locate the terminal equipment.
  • the location management component in the first network device sends a location information request to the first network device through a copy of the NR positioning protocol; and the location management component in the first network device sends a location information request to each second network device through the Xn interface.
  • Send location information request may be any one or more of the following: radio resource management signaling, media access control-control unit signaling, and downlink control information signaling.
  • each second network device measures the location of the terminal device and determines the measurement information. It can be seen that each measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by each second network device.
  • the above-mentioned second network device may adopt a relative time of arrival method to measure the position of the terminal device; or, the above-mentioned second network device may adopt an angle of arrival (method to measure the position of the terminal device.
  • each second Network equipment can use the relative time of arrival method to measure the position of the terminal device; each second network device can use the angle of arrival method to measure the position of the terminal device; some second network devices use the relative time of arrival method to measure the position of the terminal device Location, and the remaining second network devices use the angle of arrival method to measure the location of the terminal device.
  • the first network device receives measurement information from each second network device, and each measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by each second network device.
  • each network device sends the measurement information to the positioning management component in the first network device, that is, each second network device will obtain the respective measurement The result is reported to the location management component in the first network device.
  • the first network device locates the terminal device according to the measurement information and the location information of the terminal device measured by the first network device.
  • the location management component in the first network device performs location calculation according to the measurement information reported by each second network device to obtain the accurate location of the terminal device, and then locate the terminal device.
  • the location management component in the first network device uses the Chan algorithm to sum up the measurement information to obtain the accuracy of the terminal device. position.
  • the positioning management component in the first network device uses a particle swarm optimization algorithm to comprehensively process each measurement information to obtain the accurate position of the terminal device.
  • FIG. 16 is a signaling diagram of another method for locating a terminal device according to an embodiment of the application. As shown in FIG. 16, the method includes:
  • the first network device negotiates a random access channel resource with at least one second network device.
  • the first network device sends first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate random access channel resources, and the first indication information is also used to indicate the terminal device to the first network device and the at least one second network.
  • the device sends the preamble.
  • the terminal device sends a preamble to the first network device and each second network device.
  • the first network device sends the location information request to each second network device.
  • Each second network device sends measurement information to the first network device, and each measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by each second network device.
  • the first network device locates the terminal device according to the measurement information and the location information of the terminal device measured by the first network device.
  • steps shown in FIG. 16 may refer to the steps shown in FIG. 15 and will not be repeated here.
  • the positioning management component is configured in the first network device as the serving base station; the first network device sends the first indication information to the terminal device, and the first indication information is used to indicate the random access channel resource; the terminal device may According to the random access channel resources, the preamble is sent to the first network device and at least one second network device; further, the terminal device accesses the first network device as the serving base station, and each second network as the neighboring network device.
  • the positioning management component in the first network device interacts with each neighboring network device, and the positioning management component in the first network device obtains the measurement information measured by the neighboring network device, and each measurement information indicates The location information of the terminal device measured by each neighboring network device is obtained; then, the location management component in the first network device performs calculations based on the received measurement information to obtain the accurate location of the terminal device.
  • the method provided in this embodiment can use random access channel resources to complete the position measurement of the terminal device by multiple network devices.
  • the location management component in the first network device performs calculations based on the measurement information reported by each network device to obtain the terminal device.
  • the accurate position of the terminal device can be accurately positioned; and the implementation process is simple and easy.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic flowchart of another method for locating a terminal device according to an embodiment of the application. As shown in FIG. 17, the method includes:
  • the terminal device receives first indication information from the first network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate random access channel resources, and the first indication information is also used to indicate the terminal device to the first network device and the at least one second network device. Send the preamble.
  • the terminal device sends the preamble to the first network device and each second network device.
  • the first indication information includes the identity of each cell and the second indication information corresponding to each cell; the second indication information is used to indicate the random access channel resource corresponding to the cell.
  • the second indication information includes one or more of the following information: message 1 frequency division multiplexing, message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, each physical random Synchronization signal corresponding to the access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index; message 1 frequency division multiplexing It is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, and the start of the message 1 frequency is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the second indication information includes one or more of the following information: message 1 frequency division multiplexing, message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, each physical random access
  • the synchronization signal corresponding to the channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, channel state information reference signal index, physical random access channel timing list;
  • message 1 Frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment.
  • the start of message 1 frequency is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the physical random access channel timing list is used Indicate the correspondence between the physical random access channel timing and the channel state information reference signal.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a positioning management network element provided by an embodiment of this application. As shown in FIG. 18, the positioning management network element includes: a receiver 181, a transmitter 182, and a processor 183.
  • the receiver 181 is configured to receive first indication information from the first network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first random access channel resource. At this time, the receiver 181 may perform step S101 of the method shown in FIG. 4; or, the receiver 181 may perform step S11 of the method shown in FIG. 5.
  • the transmitter 182 is configured to send second indication information to the terminal device, the second indication information is used to indicate the second random access channel resource, and the second indication information is also used to indicate the terminal device to the first network device and at least one first network device. 2.
  • the network device sends the preamble.
  • the transmitter 182 may perform step S102 of the method shown in FIG. 4; alternatively, the transmitter 182 may perform step S12 of the method shown in FIG. 5.
  • the transmitter 182 is also used to send the location information request to the first network device and each second network device. At this time, the transmitter 182 may perform step S103 of the method shown in FIG. 4; or, the transmitter 182 may perform step S14 of the method shown in FIG. 5.
  • the receiver 181 is also configured to receive measurement information from the first network device and each second network device, respectively, and the measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by the network device. At this time, the receiver 181 may perform step S104 of the method shown in FIG. 4; or, the receiver 181 may perform steps S15 and S16 of the method shown in FIG. 5.
  • the processor 183 is configured to determine the location of the terminal device according to the measurement information. At this time, the processor 183 may execute step S105 of the method shown in FIG. 4; alternatively, the processor 183 may execute step S17 of the method shown in FIG.
  • the first random access channel resource is the same as the second random access channel resource.
  • the execution actions of the receiver 181, the transmitter 182, and the processor 183 may refer to the steps in FIG. 6 or FIG. 10.
  • the receiver 181 can execute steps S202 and S205 in FIG. 6, the transmitter 182 can execute steps S203 and S204 in FIG. 6, and the processor 183 can execute steps S201 and S206 in the method shown in FIG. 6.
  • the receiver 181 may perform steps S23, S27, and S28 in FIG. 10
  • the transmitter 182 may perform steps S24 and S26 in FIG. 10
  • the processor 183 may perform steps S21 and S29 in the method shown in FIG.
  • the first random access channel resource is different from the second random access channel resource, and the first random access channel resource is a resource corresponding to the first network device.
  • the receiver 181 is further configured to receive third indication information from each second network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate third random access channel resources, and each third random access channel resource is associated with each second network device. Resources corresponding to the network device. At this time, the receiver 181 may perform step S303 of the method shown in FIG. 11.
  • the processor 183 is further configured to determine the second instruction information according to the first instruction information and each third instruction information before the transmitter 182 sends the second instruction information to the terminal device. At this time, the processor 183 may execute step S304 of the method shown in FIG. 11.
  • the transmitter 182 is further configured to: before the receiver 181 receives the first indication information from the first network device, send a resource information request to the first network device and each second network device. For the device, the resource information request is used to request the first random access channel resource.
  • the transmitter 182 may execute step S301 of the method shown in FIG. 11.
  • the execution actions of the receiver 181, the transmitter 182, and the processor 183 may refer to the steps in FIG. 11 or FIG. 12.
  • the receiver 181 can execute steps S302, S303, and S307 of the method shown in FIG. 11, the transmitter 182 can execute steps S301, S305, and S306 of the method shown in FIG. 11, and the processor 183 can execute steps of the method shown in FIG. 11.
  • the receiver 181 may execute steps S33, S34, S39, and S391 of the method shown in FIG. 12
  • the transmitter 182 may execute steps S32, S36, and S38 of the method shown in FIG. 12
  • the processor 183 may execute the method shown in FIG. 12 The steps S31, S35 and S392.
  • the second indication information includes the identity of each cell and the fourth indication information corresponding to each cell; the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second random access channel resource corresponding to the cell .
  • the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index; message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, and message 1 frequency starts as the beginning The offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, channel state information reference signal index, physical random access channel opportunity list; message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, The frequency start of message 1 is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the physical random access channel timing list is used to indicate the correspondence between the physical random access channel timing and the channel state information reference signal .
  • the first indication information includes one or more of the following:
  • message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index; message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, and message 1 frequency starts as the beginning The offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the first indication information includes one or more of the following:
  • message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, channel state information reference signal index, physical random access channel opportunity list; message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, The frequency start of message 1 is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the physical random access channel timing list is used to indicate the correspondence between the physical random access channel timing and the channel state information reference signal .
  • the location management network element of the embodiment shown in FIG. 18 can be used to execute the technical solutions of the embodiments shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 5, FIG. 6, FIG. 10, and FIG. 11 to FIG. The principle and technical effect are similar, so I won't repeat them here.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a first network device provided by an embodiment of this application. As shown in FIG. 19, the first network device includes: a transmitter 191, a receiver 192, and a processor 193.
  • the transmitter 191 is configured to send first indication information to the positioning management network element, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first random access channel resource.
  • the receiver 181 may perform step S401 of the method shown in FIG. 13.
  • the receiver 192 is configured to receive the preamble sent by the terminal device according to the second indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate the second random access channel resource, and the second indication information is also used to indicate the terminal device to the first network device and At least one second network device sends the preamble. At this time, the receiver 192 may perform step S402 of the method shown in FIG. 13.
  • the receiver 192 is also configured to receive a location information request sent by a location management network element. At this time, the receiver 192 may perform step S403 of the method shown in FIG. 13.
  • the processor 193 is configured to determine measurement information according to the location information request, and the measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by the network device. At this time, the processor 193 may execute step S404 of the method shown in FIG. 13.
  • the transmitter 191 is also used to send the measurement information to the positioning management network element. At this time, the transmitter 191 can execute step S405 of the method shown in FIG. 13.
  • the first random access channel resource is the same as the second random access channel resource.
  • the first random access channel resource is different from the second random access channel resource, and the first random access channel resource is a resource corresponding to the first network device; the receiver 192 also uses Before the transmitter 191 sends the first indication information to the positioning management network element, a resource information request is received from the positioning management network element, and the resource information request is used to request the first random access channel resource.
  • the second indication information includes the identity of each cell and the fourth indication information corresponding to each cell; the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second random access channel resource corresponding to the cell .
  • the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index; message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, and message 1 frequency starts as the beginning The offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, channel state information reference signal index, physical random access channel opportunity list; message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, The frequency start of message 1 is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the physical random access channel timing list is used to indicate the correspondence between the physical random access channel timing and the channel state information reference signal .
  • the first indication information includes one or more of the following:
  • message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index; message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, and message 1 frequency starts as the beginning The offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the first indication information includes one or more of the following:
  • message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, channel state information reference signal index, physical random access channel opportunity list; message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, The frequency start of message 1 is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the physical random access channel timing list is used to indicate the correspondence between the physical random access channel timing and the channel state information reference signal. .
  • the first network device of the embodiment shown in FIG. 19 can be used to execute the technical solutions of the embodiments shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 5, FIG. 6, FIG. 10, and FIG. 11 to FIG. The principle and technical effect are similar, so I won't repeat them here.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a second network device provided by an embodiment of this application. As shown in FIG. 20, the second network device includes: a transmitter 211, a receiver 212, and a processor 213;
  • the transmitter 211 is configured to send third indication information to the positioning management network element, the third indication information is used to indicate third random access channel resources, and each third random access channel resource is associated with each second network device Corresponding resources. At this time, the transmitter 211 may execute step S501 of the method shown in FIG. 14.
  • the receiver 212 is configured to receive the preamble sent by the terminal device according to the second indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate the second random access channel resource, and the second indication information is also used to indicate the terminal device to the first network device and At least one second network device sends the preamble, and the second random access channel resource is different from the third random access channel resource.
  • the receiver 212 may perform step S502 of the method shown in FIG. 14.
  • the receiver 212 is also configured to receive a location information request sent by a location management network element. At this time, the receiver 212 may perform step S503 of the method shown in FIG. 14.
  • the processor 213 is configured to determine measurement information according to the location information request, and the measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by the network device. At this time, the processor 213 may execute step S504 of the method shown in FIG. 14.
  • the transmitter 211 is also used to send the measurement information to the positioning management network element. At this time, the transmitter 211 may perform step S505 of the method shown in FIG. 14.
  • the receiver 212 is further configured to: before the transmitter 211 sends the third indication information to the positioning management network element, the second network device receives a resource information request from the positioning management network element.
  • the information request is used to request the third random access channel resource and the first random access channel resource, and the first random access channel resource is a resource corresponding to the first network device.
  • the second indication information includes the identity of each cell and the fourth indication information corresponding to each cell; the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second random access channel resource corresponding to the cell .
  • the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index; message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, and message 1 frequency starts as the beginning The offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, channel state information reference signal index, physical random access channel opportunity list; message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, The frequency start of message 1 is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the physical random access channel timing list is used to indicate the correspondence between the physical random access channel timing and the channel state information reference signal. .
  • the second network device of the embodiment shown in FIG. 20 can be used to execute the technical solutions of the embodiments shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 5, FIG. 6, FIG. 10, and FIG. 11 to FIG. The principle and technical effect are similar, so I won't repeat them here.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of another first network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the first network device includes: a transmitter 221, a receiver 222, and a processor 223.
  • the transmitter 221 is configured to send first indication information to the terminal device, the first indication information is used to indicate random access channel resources, and the first indication information is also used to indicate the terminal device to the first network device and at least one second network The device sends the preamble.
  • the transmitter 221 may perform step S602 of the method shown in FIG. 15; alternatively, the transmitter 221 may perform step S52 of the method shown in FIG.
  • the receiver 222 is configured to receive the preamble from the terminal device. At this time, the receiver 222 may perform step S603 of the method shown in FIG. 15; alternatively, the receiver 222 may perform step S53 of the method shown in FIG. 16.
  • the transmitter 221 is also used to send the location information request to each second network device. At this time, the transmitter 221 may perform step S604 of the method shown in FIG. 15; alternatively, the transmitter 221 may perform step S54 of the method shown in FIG.
  • the receiver 222 is further configured to receive measurement information from each second network device, and each measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by each second network device. At this time, the receiver 222 may perform step S605 of the method shown in FIG. 15; alternatively, the receiver 222 may perform step S55 of the method shown in FIG. 16.
  • the processor 223 is configured to locate the terminal device according to the measurement information and the location information of the terminal device measured by the first network device. At this time, the processor 223 may execute step S606 of the method shown in FIG. 15; alternatively, the processor 223 may execute step S56 of the method shown in FIG.
  • the processor 223 is further configured to, before the transmitter 221 sends the first indication information to the terminal device, the first network device negotiates a random access channel resource with at least one second network device. At this time, the processor 223 may execute step S601 of the method shown in FIG. 15; or, the processor 223 may execute step S51 of the method shown in FIG. 16.
  • the first indication information includes the identity of each cell and the second indication information corresponding to each cell; the second indication information is used to indicate the random access channel resource corresponding to the cell.
  • the second indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index; message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, and message 1 frequency starts as the beginning The offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the second indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, channel state information reference signal index, physical random access channel opportunity list; message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, The frequency start of message 1 is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the physical random access channel timing list is used to indicate the correspondence between the physical random access channel timing and the channel state information reference signal .
  • the first network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 21 can be used to execute the technical solutions of the embodiments shown in FIG. 15 to FIG. 17 in the foregoing method.
  • the implementation principles and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the application. As shown in Fig. 22, the terminal device includes a transmitter 231 and a receiver 232. The terminal device may also include a processor 233.
  • the receiver 232 is configured to receive first indication information from the first network device, the first indication information is used to indicate random access channel resources, and the first indication information is also used to indicate the terminal device to the first network device and at least one second network device.
  • the network device sends the preamble.
  • the receiver 232 may perform step S701 of the method shown in FIG. 17.
  • the transmitter 231 is configured to send the preamble to the first network device and each second network device. At this time, the transmitter 231 may execute step S702 of the method shown in FIG. 17.
  • the first indication information includes the identity of each cell and the second indication information corresponding to each cell; the second indication information is used to indicate the random access channel resource corresponding to the cell.
  • the second indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index; message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, and message 1 frequency starts as the beginning The offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the second indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, channel state information reference signal index, physical random access channel opportunity list; message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, The frequency start of message 1 is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the physical random access channel timing list is used to indicate the correspondence between the physical random access channel timing and the channel state information reference signal. .
  • the terminal device of the embodiment shown in FIG. 22 can be used to execute the technical solutions of the embodiments shown in FIG. 15 to FIG. 17 in the foregoing method.
  • the implementation principles and technical effects are similar, and will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of another positioning management network element provided by an embodiment of this application. As shown in Figure 23, the positioning management network element includes:
  • the first receiving unit 241 is configured to receive first indication information from a first network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate a first random access channel resource. At this time, the first receiving unit 241 may perform step S101 of the method shown in FIG. 4; or, the first receiving unit 241 may perform step S11 of the method shown in FIG. 5.
  • the first sending unit 242 is configured to send second indication information to the terminal device, the second indication information is used to indicate the second random access channel resource, and the second indication information is also used to indicate the terminal device to the first network device and at least A second network device sends the preamble.
  • the first sending unit 242 may execute step S102 of the method shown in FIG. 4; or, the first sending unit 242 may execute step S12 of the method shown in FIG. 5.
  • the second sending unit 243 is configured to send the location information request to the first network device and each second network device. At this time, the second sending unit 243 may execute step S103 of the method shown in FIG. 4; or, the second sending unit 243 may execute step S14 of the method shown in FIG. 5.
  • the second receiving unit 244 is configured to receive measurement information from the first network device and each second network device, respectively, and the measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by the network device. At this time, the second receiving unit 244 may perform step S104 of the method shown in FIG. 4; or, the second receiving unit 244 may perform steps S15 and S16 of the method shown in FIG.
  • the first determining unit 245 is configured to determine the location of the terminal device according to the measurement information. At this time, the first determining unit 245 may execute step S105 of the method shown in FIG. 4; or, the first determining unit 245 may execute step S17 of the method shown in FIG. 5.
  • the location management network element of the embodiment shown in FIG. 18 can be used to execute the technical solutions of the embodiments shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 5, FIG. 6, FIG. 10, and FIG. 11 to FIG. The principle and technical effect are similar, so I won't repeat them here.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of another positioning management network element provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the first random access channel resource is the same as the second random access channel resource.
  • the execution actions of each unit and module in the positioning management network element can be referred to the steps in FIG. 6 or FIG. 10.
  • the positioning management network element further includes :
  • the third receiving unit 246 is configured to receive third indication information from each second network device, the third indication information is used to indicate third random access channel resources, and each third random access channel resource is associated with each Resources corresponding to the second network device. At this time, the third receiving unit 246 may execute step S303 of the method shown in FIG. 11.
  • the positioning management network element further includes: a second determining unit 247, configured to determine the second indication according to the first indication information and each third indication information before the first sending unit 242 sends the second indication information to the terminal device information.
  • the second determining unit 247 may execute step S304 of the method shown in FIG. 11.
  • the positioning management network element further includes: a third sending unit 248, configured to send a resource information request to the first network device and each second network before the first receiving unit 241 receives the first indication information from the first network device For the device, the resource information request is used to request the first random access channel resource.
  • the third sending unit 248 may execute step S301 of the method shown in FIG. 11.
  • the second indication information includes the identity of each cell and the fourth indication information corresponding to each cell; the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second random access channel resource corresponding to the cell .
  • the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index; message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, and message 1 frequency starts as the beginning The offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, channel state information reference signal index, physical random access channel opportunity list; message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, The frequency start of message 1 is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the physical random access channel timing list is used to indicate the correspondence between the physical random access channel timing and the channel state information reference signal .
  • the first indication information includes one or more of the following:
  • message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index; message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, and message 1 frequency starts as the beginning The offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the first indication information includes one or more of the following:
  • message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, channel state information reference signal index, physical random access channel opportunity list; message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, The frequency start of message 1 is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the physical random access channel timing list is used to indicate the correspondence between the physical random access channel timing and the channel state information reference signal. .
  • the location management network element of the embodiment shown in FIG. 18 can be used to execute the technical solutions of the embodiments shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 5, FIG. 6, FIG. 10, and FIG. 11 to FIG. The principle and technical effect are similar, so I won't repeat them here.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of yet another first network device provided by an embodiment of this application. As shown in Figure 25, the first network device includes:
  • the first sending unit 261 is configured to send first indication information to the positioning management network element, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first random access channel resource. At this time, the first sending unit 261 may execute step S401 of the method shown in FIG. 13.
  • the first receiving unit 262 is configured to receive the preamble sent by the terminal device according to the second indication information.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the second random access channel resource, and the second indication information is also used to indicate the terminal device to the first network.
  • the device and the at least one second network device send the preamble.
  • the first receiving unit 262 may execute step S402 of the method shown in FIG. 13.
  • the second receiving unit 263 is configured to receive a location information request sent by a location management network element. At this time, the second receiving unit 263 may execute step S403 of the method shown in FIG. 13.
  • the determining unit 264 is configured to determine measurement information according to the location information request, and the measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by the network device. At this time, the determining unit 264 may execute step S404 of the method shown in FIG. 13.
  • the second sending unit 265 is configured to send the measurement information to the positioning management network element. At this time, the second sending unit 265 may execute step S405 of the method shown in FIG. 13.
  • the first network device of the embodiment shown in FIG. 19 can be used to execute the technical solutions of the embodiments shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 5, FIG. 6, FIG. 10, and FIG. 11 to FIG. The principle and technical effect are similar, so I won't repeat them here.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of still another first network device according to an embodiment of this application. Based on the embodiment shown in FIG. 25, as shown in FIG. 26, in the first network device, the first random access channel resource is the same as the second random access channel resource.
  • the first random access channel resource is different from the second random access channel resource, and the first random access channel resource is a resource corresponding to the first network device; the first network device further includes :
  • the third receiving unit 266 is configured to receive a resource information request from the positioning management network element before the first sending unit 261 sends the first indication information to the positioning management network element, and the resource information request is used to request the first random access channel Resources.
  • the second indication information includes the identity of each cell and the fourth indication information corresponding to each cell; the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second random access channel resource corresponding to the cell .
  • the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index; message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, and message 1 frequency starts as the beginning The offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, channel state information reference signal index, physical random access channel opportunity list; message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, The frequency start of message 1 is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the physical random access channel timing list is used to indicate the correspondence between the physical random access channel timing and the channel state information reference signal. .
  • the first indication information includes one or more of the following:
  • message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index; message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, and message 1 frequency starts as the beginning The offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the first indication information includes one or more of the following:
  • message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, channel state information reference signal index, physical random access channel opportunity list; message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, The frequency start of message 1 is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the physical random access channel timing list is used to indicate the correspondence between the physical random access channel timing and the channel state information reference signal. .
  • the first network device of the embodiment shown in FIG. 19 can be used to execute the technical solutions of the embodiments shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 5, FIG. 6, FIG. 10, and FIG. 11 to FIG. The principle and technical effect are similar, so I won't repeat them here.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic structural diagram of another second network device provided by an embodiment of this application. As shown in Figure 27, the second network device includes:
  • the first sending unit 281 is configured to send third indication information to the positioning management network element, the third indication information is used to indicate third random access channel resources, and each third random access channel resource is associated with each second Resources corresponding to the network device. At this time, the first sending unit 281 may execute step S501 of the method shown in FIG. 14.
  • the first receiving unit 282 is configured to receive the preamble sent by the terminal device according to the second indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate the second random access channel resource, and the second indication information is also used to indicate the terminal device to the first network
  • the first receiving unit 282 may execute step S502 of the method shown in FIG. 14.
  • the second receiving unit 283 is configured to receive a location information request sent by a location management network element. At this time, the second receiving unit 283 may execute step S503 of the method shown in FIG. 14.
  • the determining unit 284 is configured to determine measurement information according to the location information request, and the measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by the network device. At this time, the determining unit 284 may perform step S504 of the method shown in FIG. 14.
  • the second sending unit 285 is configured to send the measurement information to the positioning management network element. At this time, the second sending unit 285 may execute step S505 of the method shown in FIG. 14.
  • the second network device further includes:
  • the third receiving unit is configured to receive a resource information request from the positioning management network element before the first sending unit 281 sends the third indication information to the positioning management network element, where the resource information request is used to request the third random access channel resource And the first random access channel resource, the first random access channel resource is a resource corresponding to the first network device.
  • the second indication information includes the identity of each cell and the fourth indication information corresponding to each cell; the fourth indication information is used to indicate the second random access channel resource corresponding to the cell .
  • the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index; message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, and message 1 frequency starts as the beginning The offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the fourth indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, channel state information reference signal index, physical random access channel opportunity list; message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, The frequency start of message 1 is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the physical random access channel timing list is used to indicate the correspondence between the physical random access channel timing and the channel state information reference signal. .
  • the second network device of the embodiment shown in FIG. 20 can be used to execute the technical solutions of the embodiments shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 5, FIG. 6, FIG. 10, and FIG. 11 to FIG. The principle and technical effect are similar, so I won't repeat them here.
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic structural diagram of another first network device provided by an embodiment of this application. As shown in Figure 28, the first network device includes:
  • the first sending unit 291 is configured to send first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate random access channel resources, and the first indication information is also used to instruct the terminal device to send a message to the first network device and at least one first network device. 2.
  • the network device sends the preamble.
  • the first sending unit 291 may execute step S602 of the method shown in FIG. 15; or, the first sending unit 291 may execute step S52 of the method shown in FIG. 16.
  • the first receiving unit 292 is configured to receive the preamble from the terminal device. At this time, the first receiving unit 292 may execute step S603 of the method shown in FIG. 15; or, the first receiving unit 292 may execute step S53 of the method shown in FIG. 16.
  • the second sending unit 293 is configured to send the location information request to each second network device. At this time, the second sending unit 293 may execute step S604 of the method shown in FIG. 15; or, the second sending unit 293 may execute step S54 of the method shown in FIG. 16.
  • the second receiving unit 294 is configured to receive measurement information from each second network device, and each measurement information is used to indicate the location information of the terminal device measured by each second network device. At this time, the second receiving unit 294 may execute step S605 of the method shown in FIG. 15; or, the second receiving unit 294 may execute step S55 of the method shown in FIG. 16.
  • the determining unit 295 is configured to locate the terminal device according to the measurement information and the location information of the terminal device measured by the first network device. At this time, the determining unit 295 may perform step S606 of the method shown in FIG. 15; alternatively, the determining unit 295 may perform step S56 of the method shown in FIG. 16.
  • the first network device further includes: a second determining unit, configured to negotiate with at least one second network device before the first sending unit 291 sends the first indication information to the terminal device Random access channel resources.
  • the second determining unit may execute step S601 of the method shown in FIG. 15; or, the second determining unit may execute step S51 of the method shown in FIG. 16.
  • the first indication information includes the identity of each cell and the second indication information corresponding to each cell; the second indication information is used to indicate the random access channel resource corresponding to the cell.
  • the second indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index; message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, and message 1 frequency starts as the beginning The offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the second indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, channel state information reference signal index, physical random access channel opportunity list; message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, The frequency start of message 1 is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the physical random access channel timing list is used to indicate the correspondence between the physical random access channel timing and the channel state information reference signal. .
  • the first network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 21 can be used to execute the technical solutions of the embodiments shown in FIG. 15 to FIG. 17 in the foregoing method.
  • the implementation principles and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 29 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application. As shown in Figure 29, the terminal equipment includes:
  • the receiving unit 311 is configured to receive first indication information from the first network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate random access channel resources, and the first indication information is also used to instruct the terminal device to send the first network device and at least one second The network device sends the preamble. At this time, the receiving unit 311 may execute step S701 of the method shown in FIG. 17.
  • the sending unit 312 is configured to send the preamble to the first network device and each second network device. At this time, the sending unit 312 may execute step S702 of the method shown in FIG. 17.
  • the first indication information includes the identity of each cell and the second indication information corresponding to each cell; the second indication information is used to indicate the random access channel resource corresponding to the cell.
  • the second indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block index; message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, and message 1 frequency starts as the beginning The offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the second indication information includes one or more of the following information:
  • message 1 frequency division multiplexing message 1 frequency start, random access synchronization signal-broadcast channel resource block timing mask, synchronization signal corresponding to each physical random access channel timing-the number of broadcast channel resource blocks, physical random Access channel configuration index, random access preamble index, channel state information reference signal index, physical random access channel opportunity list; message 1 frequency division multiplexing is the number of physical random access channel opportunities at each moment, The frequency start of message 1 is the offset of the physical random access channel timing relative to physical resource block 0.
  • the physical random access channel timing list is used to indicate the correspondence between the physical random access channel timing and the channel state information reference signal. .
  • the terminal device of the embodiment shown in FIG. 22 can be used to execute the technical solutions of the embodiments shown in FIG. 15 to FIG. 17 in the foregoing method.
  • the implementation principles and technical effects are similar, and will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic structural diagram of yet another positioning management network element provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the positioning management network element can be used to perform actions or steps of the terminal device in the embodiments shown in Figures 4 to 5, Figure 6, Figure 10, and Figure 11 to Figure 14.
  • the positioning management network element includes : Receiver 3011, Transmitter 3012, and Processor 3013.
  • the location management network element of the embodiment shown in Fig. 30 can be used in the technical solutions of the method embodiments shown in Figs. 4 to 5, Fig. 6, Fig. 10, and Fig. 11 to Fig. 14, or to implement the technical solutions shown in Fig. 23 to Fig. 24
  • the implementation principles and technical effects of the programs of each module of the embodiment are similar, and will not be repeated here.
  • the foregoing embodiments may refer to and learn from each other, and the same or similar steps and nouns will not be repeated one by one.
  • the processor 3013 calls the program and executes the operations of the above method embodiments to realize the various units and modules shown in 23-24.
  • the processor 3013 may also be a controller, which is represented as "controller/processor 3013" in FIG. 30.
  • the transmitter 3011 and the receiver 3012 are used to support the transmission and reception of information between the positioning management network element and the first network device, the second network device, and the terminal device in the foregoing embodiment, and to support the positioning management network element and the first network device in the foregoing embodiment.
  • One network device, the second network device, and the terminal device perform radio communication.
  • the processor 3113 performs various functions for communicating with the first network device, the second network device, and the terminal device.
  • the location management network element may further include a memory 3014, and the memory 3014 is used to store the program code and data of the location management network element.
  • the location management network element may also include a communication interface 3015. The communication interface 3015 is used to support communication between the positioning management network element and other network entities and terminal devices.
  • the processor 3013 such as a central processing unit (CPU) may also be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, for example: one or more specific integrated circuits, or, one or more micro-processing Device, or, one or more field programmable gate arrays, etc.
  • the memory 3014 may be one memory or a collective name for multiple storage elements.
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic structural diagram of another first network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the first network device can be used to perform actions or steps of the first network device in the embodiments shown in Figures 4 to 5, Figure 6, Figure 10, and Figure 11 to Figure 14.
  • the first network The device includes: a receiver 3111, a transmitter 3112, and a processor 3113.
  • the first network device of the embodiment shown in Fig. 31 can be used in the technical solutions of the method embodiments shown in Figs. 4 to 5, Fig. 6, Fig. 10, and Fig. 11 to Fig. 14, or to implement the implementation shown in Figs. 25-26
  • the implementation principles and technical effects of the program of each module in the example are similar, so I will not repeat them here.
  • the foregoing embodiments may refer to and learn from each other, and the same or similar steps and nouns will not be repeated one by one.
  • the processor 3113 calls the program to execute the operations of the above method embodiments to realize the various units and modules shown in FIGS. 25-26.
  • the processor 3113 may also be a controller, which is represented as "controller/processor 3113" in FIG. 31.
  • the transmitter 3111 and the receiver 3112 are used to support the transmission and reception of information between the first network device and the positioning management network element, the second network device, and the terminal device in the foregoing embodiment, and to support the positioning of the first network device and the foregoing embodiment
  • the management network element, the second network device, and the terminal device perform radio communication.
  • the processor 3113 performs various functions for communicating with the terminal device.
  • the first network device may further include a memory 3114, and the memory 3114 is configured to store program codes and data of the first network device.
  • the first network device may further include a communication interface 3115. The communication interface 3115 is used to support the first network device to communicate with other network entities and terminal devices.
  • the processor 3113 such as a central processing unit, may also be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, such as: one or more specific integrated circuits, or, one or more microprocessors, or, one or more A field programmable gate array, etc.
  • the memory 3114 may be one memory or a collective name for multiple storage elements.
  • FIG. 32 is a schematic structural diagram of another second network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the second network device can be used to perform actions or steps of the second network device in the embodiments shown in Figures 4 to 5, Figure 6, Figure 10, and Figure 11 to Figure 14.
  • the second network The device includes: a receiver 3211, a transmitter 3212, and a processor 3213.
  • the second network device of the embodiment shown in FIG. 32 can be used in the technical solutions of the method embodiments shown in FIGS. 4 to 5, 6, 10, and 11 to 14 above, or to perform each of the embodiments shown in FIG. 27
  • the module program, its implementation principle and technical effect are similar, so I won’t repeat it here.
  • the foregoing embodiments may refer to and learn from each other, and the same or similar steps and nouns will not be repeated one by one.
  • the processor 3213 calls the program and executes the operations of the above method embodiments to realize the various units and modules shown in FIG. 27.
  • the processor 3213 may also be a controller, which is represented as "controller/processor 3213" in FIG. 32.
  • the transmitter 3211 and the receiver 3212 are used to support the transmission and reception of information between the second network device and the positioning management network element, the first network device, and the terminal device in the foregoing embodiment, and to support the positioning of the second network device and the foregoing embodiment
  • the management network element, the first network device, and the terminal device perform radio communication.
  • the processor 3213 performs various functions for communicating with the terminal device.
  • the second network device may also include a memory 3214, and the memory 3214 is used to store the program code and data of the second network device.
  • the first network device may further include a communication interface 3215. The communication interface 3215 is used to support the second network device to communicate with other network entities and terminal devices.
  • the processor 3213 such as a central processing unit, may also be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, for example: one or more specific integrated circuits, or, one or more microprocessors, or, one or more A field programmable gate array, etc.
  • the memory 3214 may be one memory or a collective name for multiple storage elements.
  • FIG. 33 is a schematic structural diagram of another first network device provided by an embodiment of this application. As shown in FIG. 33, the first network device can be used to perform actions or steps of the first network device in the embodiment shown in FIGS. 15-17.
  • the first network device includes: a receiver 3311, a transmitter 3312, and a processor 3313:
  • a positioning management component 3316 is provided in the first network device.
  • the first network device of the embodiment shown in FIG. 33 can be used in the technical solution of the method embodiment shown in FIGS. 15-17, or execute the program of each module of the embodiment shown in FIG. 28, and its implementation principles and technical effects are similar. I won't repeat it here.
  • the foregoing embodiments may refer to and learn from each other, and the same or similar steps and nouns will not be repeated one by one.
  • the processor 3313 calls the program and executes the operations of the above method embodiments to realize the various units and modules shown in FIG. 28.
  • the processor 3313 may also be a controller, which is represented as "controller/processor 3313" in FIG. 33.
  • the transmitter 3311 and the receiver 3312 are used to support the transmission and reception of information between the first network device and the positioning management network element, the second network device, and the terminal device in the foregoing embodiment, and to support the positioning of the first network device and the foregoing embodiment
  • the management network element, the second network device, and the terminal device perform radio communication.
  • the processor 3313 performs various functions for communicating with the terminal device.
  • the positioning management component 3316 is used to perform positioning calculations.
  • the first network device may further include a memory 3314, and the memory 3314 is configured to store program codes and data of the first network device.
  • the first network device may further include a communication interface 3315.
  • the communication interface 3315 is used to support the first network device to communicate with other network entities and terminal devices.
  • the processor 3313 such as a central processing unit, may also be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, such as: one or more specific integrated circuits, or, one or more microprocessors, or, one or more A field programmable gate array, etc.
  • the memory 3314 may be one memory, or may be a collective term for multiple storage elements.
  • FIG. 34 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application. As shown in FIG. 34, the terminal device can be used to perform the actions or steps of the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIGS. 15-17.
  • the terminal device includes a receiver 3411, a transmitter 3412, a processor 3413, and a memory 3414.
  • the memory 3414 is used to store programs
  • the terminal device of the embodiment shown in FIG. 34 can be used in the technical solution of the method embodiment shown in FIGS. 15-17, or execute the program of each unit and module of the embodiment shown in FIG. 29, and its implementation principles and technical effects are similar. I won't repeat it here.
  • the foregoing embodiments may refer to and learn from each other, and the same or similar steps and nouns will not be repeated one by one.
  • the receiver 3411, the transmitter 3412 may be connected to an antenna.
  • the receiver 3411, the transmitter 3412 receives the information sent by the network device through the antenna, and sends the information to the processor 3413 for processing.
  • the processor 3413 processes the data of the terminal device and sends it to the network device through the transmitter 3412.
  • the receiver 3411, the transmitter 3412, the processor 3413, and the memory 3414 are connected and communicated via a bus 3415.
  • the memory 3414 is used to store a program that implements the above method embodiment or each unit and module of the embodiment shown in FIG. 29.
  • the processor 3413 calls the program to execute the operations of the above method embodiment to implement each unit shown in FIG. 29 And modules.
  • part or all of the above units and modules can also be implemented by embedding on a certain chip of the device in the form of an integrated circuit. And they can be implemented separately or integrated together. That is to say, the above modules can be configured to implement one or more integrated circuits of the above methods, for example: one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASIC), or one or more microprocessors (digital singnal processors). , DSP), or, one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), etc.
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuits
  • microprocessors digital singnal processors
  • FPGA field programmable gate arrays
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, which includes the positioning management network element provided in FIG. 30, the first network device provided in FIG. 31, and the second network device provided in FIG. 32.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides another communication system, and the communication system includes the first network device provided in FIG. 33 and the terminal device provided in FIG. 34.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions or programs, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the above-mentioned Figure 4- Figure 5, Figure 6, Figure 10, Figure 11- Figure 14 The steps of locating and managing the network element in the embodiment.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides another computer-readable storage medium, including instructions or programs, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the above-mentioned figures 4 to 5, 6, 10, and 11 to 14 The steps of the first network device in the embodiment are shown.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide yet another computer-readable storage medium, including instructions or programs, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the above-mentioned figures 4 to 5, 6, 10, and 11-14.
  • the steps of the second network device in the embodiment are shown.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide yet another computer-readable storage medium, including instructions or programs, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the steps of the first network device in the embodiments shown in FIGS. 15-17.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide another computer-readable storage medium, including instructions or programs, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the steps of the terminal device in the embodiments shown in FIGS. 15-17.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, including program code, when the computer runs the program code, it is used to execute the positioning in the embodiments shown in FIGS. 4 to 5, 6, 10, and 11 to 14. Steps for managing network elements.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides another computer program product, including program code.
  • the computer runs the program code, it is used to execute the above-mentioned embodiments shown in Figure 4- Figure 5, Figure 6, Figure 10, and Figure 11-14. Steps of the first network device.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides yet another computer program product, including program code.
  • the computer runs the program code, it is used to execute the above-mentioned embodiments shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 5, FIG. 6, FIG. 10, and FIG. 11-14. Steps of the second network device.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides yet another computer program product, including program code, which is used to execute the steps of the first network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 15-17 when the computer runs the program code.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides another computer program product, including program code, which is used to execute each step of the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 15-17 when the computer runs the program code.
  • the above-mentioned embodiments it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • software it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer program instructions When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • Computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
  • computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center through a cable (such as , Coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (digital subscriber line, DSL) or wireless (for example, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).
  • the functions described in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented by software, these functions can be stored in a computer-readable medium or transmitted as one or more instructions or codes on the computer-readable medium.
  • the computer-readable medium includes a computer storage medium and a communication medium, where the communication medium includes any medium that facilitates the transfer of a computer program from one place to another.
  • the storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a general-purpose or special-purpose computer.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供一种基于前导码的定位方法和设备，其中，该方法包括：定位管理网元从第一网络设备接收第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示第一随机接入信道资源；定位管理网元将第二指示信息发送给终端设备，第二指示信息用于指示第二随机接入信道资源，第二指示信息还用于指示终端设备向第一网络设备和第二网络设备发送前导码；定位管理网元将位置信息请求发送给第一网络设备和每一个第二网络设备；定位管理网元从第一网络设备和每一个第二网络设备分别接收测量信息；定位管理网元根据测量信息确定终端设备的定位。利用随机接入信道资源，完成多个网络设备对终端设备的位置测量，定位管理网元根据各个网络设备的测量信息，准确的对终端设备进行定位。

Description

基于前导码的定位方法和设备 技术领域
本申请涉及通信技术，尤其涉及一种基于前导码的定位方法和设备。
背景技术
随着通信技术的不断发展，第五代移动通信技术(5th-Generation，5G)已经开始研究及标准化工作。在5G通信技术中，需要对终端设备进行定位。
现有技术中，在第四代移动通信技术(4th-Generation，4G)中，网络设备可以向终端设备发送探测参考信号(sounding reference signal，SRS)，进而，网络设备通过SRS信号对终端设备进行定位。
然而现有技术中，在4G中，通过SRS信号对终端设备进行定位的方式，只能是一个网络设备对终端设备进行定位，即，网络设备只能依据当前网络设备所发送的SRS信号对终端设备进行定位，一个网络设备对终端设备进行定位的方式并不准确；在5G中对于终端设备的定位要求更为准确和精准，因此，基于SRS信号的方式，无法对终端设备进行准确和精准的定位。
发明内容
本申请提供一种基于前导码的定位方法和设备，以解决无法对终端设备进行准确和精准的定位的问题。
第一方面，本申请提供一种基于前导码的定位方法，包括：
定位管理网元从第一网络设备接收第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示第一随机接入信道资源；
所述定位管理网元将第二指示信息发送给终端设备，第二指示信息用于指示第二随机接入信道资源，所述第二指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备向所述第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码；
所述定位管理网元将位置信息请求发送给所述第一网络设备和每一个所述第二网络设备；
所述定位管理网元从所述第一网络设备和每一个所述第二网络设备分别接收测量信息，所述测量信息用于指示网络设备测量的所述终端设备的位置信息；
所述定位管理网元根据所述测量信息，确定所述终端设备的定位。
本申请，通过定位管理网元向终端设备指示出终端设备可以使用的随机接入信道资源，终端设备就可以采用随机接入信道资源向服务网络设备、邻区网络设备发送前导码，进而，终端设备接入到服务网络设备、邻区网络设备中；然后，定位管理网元分别与服务网络设备、邻区网络设备之间进行交互，定位管理网元获取服务网络设备、邻区网络设备各自测量的测量信息，每一个测量信息指示出了每一个网络设备测量的 终端设备的位置信息；然后，定位管理网元根据所接收到测量信息进行计算，得到终端设备的准确位置。本实施例提供的方法，可以利用随机接入信道资源，完成多个网络设备对终端设备的位置测量，核心网的定位管理网元根据各个网络设备上报的测量信息进行计算，得到终端设备的准确位置，可以准确的对终端设备进行定位；并且，实现过程简单易行。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一随机接入信道资源与所述第二随机接入信道资源相同。从而，第一网络设备与至少一个第二网络设备之间协商出终端设备可以使用的第一随机接入信道资源，定位管理网元可以将第一随机接入信道资源指示给终端设备；使得，终端设备采用第一随机接入信道资源与第一网络设备、至少一个第二网络设备建立连接；进而，定位管理网元可以获取到第一网络设备、至少一个第二网络设备对终端设备的位置测量的信息。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一随机接入信道资源与所述第二随机接入信道资源不同，所述第一随机接入信道资源为与所述第一网络设备对应的资源；所述方法，还包括：所述定位管理网元从每一个所述第二网络设备接收第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示第三随机接入信道资源，每一个所述第三随机接入信道资源为与每一个所述第二网络设备对应的资源；
在所述定位管理网元将第二指示信息发送给终端设备之前，还包括：所述定位管理网元根据所述第一指示信息和每一个所述第三指示信息，确定所述第二指示信息。从而，第一网络设备与至少一个第二网络设备将各自的随机接入信道资源，上报给定位管理网元；定位管理网元可以根据各网络设备上报的随机接入信道资源确定出终端设备可以使用的第二随机接入信道资源。
在一种可能的设计中，在所述定位管理网元从第一网络设备接收第一指示信息之前，还包括：所述定位管理网元将资源信息请求发送给所述第一网络设备和每一个所述第二网络设备，所述资源信息请求用于请求所述第一随机接入信道资源。从而，定位管理网元向第一网络设备、每一个第二网络设备发送资源信息请求，以获取到第一网络设备、每一个第二网络设备各自的随机接入信道资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第二指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第四指示信息；所述第四指示信息用于指示与所述小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。从而，定位管理网元向终端设备指示出与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源，使得终端设备可以使用与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源，向服务网络设备、邻区网络设备发送前导码。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。从而，终端设备可以根据以上信息，确定出与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，所述物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。从而，终端设备可以根据以上信息，确定出与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息中包括以下的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息中包括以下的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，所述物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
第二方面，本申请提供一种基于前导码的定位方法，包括：
第一网络设备将第一指示信息发送给定位管理网元，所述第一指示信息用于指示第一随机接入信道资源；
所述第一网络设备接收终端设备根据第二指示信息发送的前导码，第二指示信息用于指示第二随机接入信道资源，所述第二指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备向所述第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码；
所述第一网络设备接收所述定位管理网元发送的位置信息请求；
所述第一网络设备根据所述位置信息请求，确定测量信息，所述测量信息用于指示网络设备测量的所述终端设备的位置信息；
所述第一网络设备将所述测量信息发送给所述定位管理网元。
本申请，可以利用随机接入信道资源，完成多个网络设备对终端设备的位置测量，核心网的定位管理网元根据各个网络设备上报的测量信息进行计算，得到终端设备的准确位置，可以准确的对终端设备进行定位；并且，实现过程简单易行。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一随机接入信道资源与所述第二随机接入信道资源相同。从而，第一网络设备与至少一个第二网络设备之间协商出终端设备可以使用的第一随机接入信道资源，定位管理网元可以将第一随机接入信道资源指示给终端设备；使得，终端设备采用第一随机接入信道资源与第一网络设备、至少一个第二网络设备 建立连接；进而，定位管理网元可以获取到第一网络设备、至少一个第二网络设备对终端设备的位置测量的信息。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一随机接入信道资源与所述第二随机接入信道资源不同，所述第一随机接入信道资源为与所述第一网络设备对应的资源；在所述第一网络设备将第一指示信息发送给定位管理网元之前，还包括：所述第一网络设备从所述定位管理网元接收资源信息请求，所述资源信息请求用于请求所述第一随机接入信道资源。从而，定位管理网元向第一网络设备、每一个第二网络设备发送资源信息请求，以获取到第一网络设备、每一个第二网络设备各自的随机接入信道资源；从而，第一网络设备与至少一个第二网络设备将各自的随机接入信道资源，上报给定位管理网元；定位管理网元可以根据各网络设备上报的随机接入信道资源确定出终端设备可以使用的第二随机接入信道资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第二指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第四指示信息；所述第四指示信息用于指示与所述小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。从而，定位管理网元向终端设备指示出与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源，使得终端设备可以使用与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源，向服务网络设备、邻区网络设备发送前导码。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。从而，终端设备可以根据以上信息，确定出与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，所述物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。从而，终端设备可以根据以上信息，确定出与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息中包括以下的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息中包括以下的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，所述物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
第三方面，本申请提供一种基于前导码的定位方法，包括：
第二网络设备将第三指示信息发送给定位管理网元，所述第三指示信息用于指示第三随机接入信道资源，每一个所述第三随机接入信道资源为与每一个所述第二网络设备对应的资源；
所述第二网络设备接收终端设备根据第二指示信息发送的前导码，第二指示信息用于指示第二随机接入信道资源，所述第二指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备向第一网络设备和至少一个所述第二网络设备发送前导码，所述第二随机接入信道资源与所述第三随机接入信道资源不同；
所述第二网络设备接收所述定位管理网元发送的位置信息请求；
所述第二网络设备根据所述位置信息请求，确定测量信息，所述测量信息用于指示网络设备测量的所述终端设备的位置信息；
所述第二网络设备将所述测量信息发送给所述定位管理网元。
本申请，通过第一网络设备与至少一个第二网络设备将各自的随机接入信道资源，上报给定位管理网元；定位管理网元可以根据各网络设备上报的随机接入信道资源确定出终端设备可以使用的第二随机接入信道资源；从而可以利用随机接入信道资源，完成多个网络设备对终端设备的位置测量，核心网的定位管理网元根据各个网络设备上报的测量信息进行计算，得到终端设备的准确位置，可以准确的对终端设备进行定位；并且，实现过程简单易行。
在一种可能的设计中，在所述第二网络设备将第三指示信息发送给定位管理网元之前，还包括：
所述第二网络设备从所述定位管理网元接收将资源信息请求，所述资源信息请求用于请求所述第三随机接入信道资源和第一随机接入信道资源，所述第一随机接入信道资源为与第一网络设备对应的资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第二指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第四指示信息；所述第四指示信息用于指示与所述小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。从而，定位管理网元向终端设备指示出与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源，使得终端设备可以使用与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源，向服务网络设备、邻区网络设备发送前导码。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；所述消 息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。从而，终端设备可以根据以上信息，确定出与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，所述物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。从而，终端设备可以根据以上信息，确定出与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。
第四方面，本申请提供一种基于前导码的定位方法，包括：
第一网络设备将第一指示信息发送给终端设备，所述第一指示信息用于指示随机接入信道资源，所述第一指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备向所述第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码；
所述第一网络设备从所述终端设备接收前导码；
所述第一网络设备将位置信息请求发送给每一个所述第二网络设备；
所述第一网络设备从每一个所述第二网络设备接收测量信息，每一个所述测量信息用于指示每一个第二网络设备测量的所述终端设备的位置信息；
所述第一网络设备根据所述测量信息和所述第一网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息，对所述终端设备进行定位。
本申请，通过第一网络设备向终端设备指示出随机接入信道资源，终端设备采用随机接入信道资源向第一网络设备、至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码，进而，终端设备接入到作为服务基站的第一网络设备、每一个作为邻区网络设备的第二网络设备中；然后，第一网络设备中的定位管理组件分别每一个邻区网络设备之间进行交互，第一网络设备中的定位管理组件获取邻区网络设备测量的测量信息，第一网络设备中的定位管理组件根据所接收到测量信息进行计算，得到终端设备的准确位置。可以利用随机接入信道资源，完成多个网络设备对终端设备的位置测量，第一网络设备中的定位管理组件根据各个网络设备上报的测量信息进行计算，得到终端设备的准确位置，可以准确的对终端设备进行定位；并且，实现过程简单易行。
在一种可能的设计中，在所述第一网络设备将第一指示信息发送给终端设备之前，还包括：所述第一网络设备与所述至少一个第二网络设备协商所述随机接入信道资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第二指示信息；所述第二指示信息用于指示与所述小区对应的所述随机接入信道资源。从而，第一网络设备向终端设备指示出与每一个小区对应的随机接入信道资源，使得终端设备可以使用与每一个小区对应的随机接入信道资源，向服务网络设备、邻区网络设备发送前导码。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第二指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。从而，终端设备可以根据以上信息，确定出与每一个小区对应的随机接入信道资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第二指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，所述物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。从而，终端设备可以根据以上信息，确定出与每一个小区对应的随机接入信道资源。
第五方面，本申请提供一种基于前导码的定位方法，包括：
终端设备从第一网络设备接收第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示随机接入信道资源，所述第一指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备向所述第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码；
所述终端设备将前导码发送给所述第一网络设备和每一个所述第二网络设备。
本申请，通过第一网络设备向终端设备指示出随机接入信道资源，终端设备采用随机接入信道资源向第一网络设备、至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码，进而，终端设备接入到作为服务基站的第一网络设备、每一个作为邻区网络设备的第二网络设备中；然后，第一网络设备中的定位管理组件分别每一个邻区网络设备之间进行交互，第一网络设备中的定位管理组件获取邻区网络设备测量的测量信息，第一网络设备中的定位管理组件根据所接收到测量信息进行计算，得到终端设备的准确位置。可以利用随机接入信道资源，完成多个网络设备对终端设备的位置测量，第一网络设备中的定位管理组件根据各个网络设备上报的测量信息进行计算，得到终端设备的准确位置，可以准确的对终端设备进行定位；并且，实现过程简单易行。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第二指示信息；所述第二指示信息用于指示与所述小区对应的所述随机接入信道资源。从而，第一网络设备向终端设备指示出与每一个小区对应的随机接入信道资源，使得终端设备可以使用与每一个小区对应的随机接入信道资源，向服务网络设备、邻区网络设备发送前导码。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第二指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开 始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。从而，终端设备可以根据以上信息，确定出与每一个小区对应的随机接入信道资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第二指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，所述物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。从而，终端设备可以根据以上信息，确定出与每一个小区对应的随机接入信道资源。
第六方面，本申请提供一种定位管理网元，包括：
接收器、发送器和处理器；
所述接收器，用于从第一网络设备接收第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示第一随机接入信道资源；
所述发送器，用于将第二指示信息发送给终端设备，第二指示信息用于指示第二随机接入信道资源，所述第二指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备向所述第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码；
所述发送器，还用于将位置信息请求发送给所述第一网络设备和每一个所述第二网络设备；
所述接收器，还用于从所述第一网络设备和每一个所述第二网络设备分别接收测量信息，所述测量信息用于指示网络设备测量的所述终端设备的位置信息；
所述处理器，用于根据所述测量信息，确定所述终端设备的定位。
本申请，通过定位管理网元向终端设备指示出终端设备可以使用的随机接入信道资源，终端设备就可以采用随机接入信道资源向服务网络设备、邻区网络设备发送前导码，进而，终端设备接入到服务网络设备、邻区网络设备中；然后，定位管理网元分别与服务网络设备、邻区网络设备之间进行交互，定位管理网元获取服务网络设备、邻区网络设备各自测量的测量信息，每一个测量信息指示出了每一个网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息；然后，定位管理网元根据所接收到测量信息进行计算，得到终端设备的准确位置。本实施例提供的方法，可以利用随机接入信道资源，完成多个网络设备对终端设备的位置测量，核心网的定位管理网元根据各个网络设备上报的测量信息进行计算，得到终端设备的准确位置，可以准确的对终端设备进行定位；并且，实现过程简单易行。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一随机接入信道资源与所述第二随机接入信道资源相同。从而，第一网络设备与至少一个第二网络设备之间协商出终端设备可以使用的第一随机接入信道资源，定位管理网元可以将第一随机接入信道资源指示给终端设备；使得，终端设备采用第一随机接入信道资源与第一网络设备、至少一个第二网络设备建立连接；进而，定位管理网元可以获取到第一网络设备、至少一个第二网络设备对终端设备的位置测量的信息。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一随机接入信道资源与所述第二随机接入信道资源不同，所述第一随机接入信道资源为与所述第一网络设备对应的资源；
所述接收器，还用于从每一个所述第二网络设备接收第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示第三随机接入信道资源，每一个所述第三随机接入信道资源为与每一个所述第二网络设备对应的资源；
所述处理器，还用于在所述发送器将第二指示信息发送给终端设备之前，根据所述第一指示信息和每一个所述第三指示信息，确定所述第二指示信息。从而，第一网络设备与至少一个第二网络设备将各自的随机接入信道资源，上报给定位管理网元；定位管理网元可以根据各网络设备上报的随机接入信道资源确定出终端设备可以使用的第二随机接入信道资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述发送器，还用于：
在所述接收器从第一网络设备接收第一指示信息之前，将资源信息请求发送给所述第一网络设备和每一个所述第二网络设备，所述资源信息请求用于请求所述第一随机接入信道资源。从而，定位管理网元向第一网络设备、每一个第二网络设备发送资源信息请求，以获取到第一网络设备、每一个第二网络设备各自的随机接入信道资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第二指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第四指示信息；所述第四指示信息用于指示与所述小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；
所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。从而，定位管理网元向终端设备指示出与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源，使得终端设备可以使用与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源，向服务网络设备、邻区网络设备发送前导码。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，所述物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。从而，终端设备可以根据以上信息，确定出与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息中包括以下的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接 入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。从而，终端设备可以根据以上信息，确定出与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息中包括以下的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，所述物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
第七方面，本申请提供一种第一网络设备，包括：
发送器、接收器和处理器；
所述发送器，用于将第一指示信息发送给定位管理网元，所述第一指示信息用于指示第一随机接入信道资源；
所述接收器，用于接收终端设备根据第二指示信息发送的前导码，第二指示信息用于指示第二随机接入信道资源，所述第二指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备向所述第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码；
所述接收器，还用于接收所述定位管理网元发送的位置信息请求；
所述处理器，用于根据所述位置信息请求，确定测量信息，所述测量信息用于指示网络设备测量的所述终端设备的位置信息；
所述发送器，还用于将所述测量信息发送给所述定位管理网元。
本申请，可以利用随机接入信道资源，完成多个网络设备对终端设备的位置测量，核心网的定位管理网元根据各个网络设备上报的测量信息进行计算，得到终端设备的准确位置，可以准确的对终端设备进行定位；并且，实现过程简单易行。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一随机接入信道资源与所述第二随机接入信道资源相同。从而，第一网络设备与至少一个第二网络设备之间协商出终端设备可以使用的第一随机接入信道资源，定位管理网元可以将第一随机接入信道资源指示给终端设备；使得，终端设备采用第一随机接入信道资源与第一网络设备、至少一个第二网络设备建立连接；进而，定位管理网元可以获取到第一网络设备、至少一个第二网络设备对终端设备的位置测量的信息。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一随机接入信道资源与所述第二随机接入信道资源不同，所述第一随机接入信道资源为与所述第一网络设备对应的资源；所述接收器，还用于在所述发送器将第一指示信息发送给定位管理网元之前，从所述定位管理网元接收资源信息请求，所述资源信息请求用于请求所述第一随机接入信道资源。从而，定位管理网元向第一网络设备、每一个第二网络设备发送资源信息请求，以获取到第一网络设备、每一个第二网络设备各自的随机接入信道资源；从而，第一网络设备与至少一个第二网络设备将各自的随机接入信道资源，上报给定位管理网元；定位管理 网元可以根据各网络设备上报的随机接入信道资源确定出终端设备可以使用的第二随机接入信道资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第二指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第四指示信息；所述第四指示信息用于指示与所述小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。从而，定位管理网元向终端设备指示出与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源，使得终端设备可以使用与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源，向服务网络设备、邻区网络设备发送前导码。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。从而，终端设备可以根据以上信息，确定出与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，所述物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。从而，终端设备可以根据以上信息，确定出与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息中包括以下的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息中包括以下的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，所述物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
第八方面，本申请提供一种第二网络设备，包括：
发送器、接收器和处理器；
所述发送器，用于将第三指示信息发送给定位管理网元，所述第三指示信息用于指示第三随机接入信道资源，每一个所述第三随机接入信道资源为与每一个所述第二网络设备对应的资源；
所述接收器，用于接收终端设备根据第二指示信息发送的前导码，第二指示信息用于指示第二随机接入信道资源，所述第二指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备向第一网络设备和至少一个所述第二网络设备发送前导码，所述第二随机接入信道资源与所述第三随机接入信道资源不同；
所述接收器，还用于接收所述定位管理网元发送的位置信息请求；
所述处理器，用于根据所述位置信息请求，确定测量信息，所述测量信息用于指示网络设备测量的所述终端设备的位置信息；
所述发送器，还用于将所述测量信息发送给所述定位管理网元。
本申请，通过第一网络设备与至少一个第二网络设备将各自的随机接入信道资源，上报给定位管理网元；定位管理网元可以根据各网络设备上报的随机接入信道资源确定出终端设备可以使用的第二随机接入信道资源；从而可以利用随机接入信道资源，完成多个网络设备对终端设备的位置测量，核心网的定位管理网元根据各个网络设备上报的测量信息进行计算，得到终端设备的准确位置，可以准确的对终端设备进行定位；并且，实现过程简单易行。
在一种可能的设计中，所述接收器，还用于在所述发送器将第三指示信息发送给定位管理网元之前，所述第二网络设备从所述定位管理网元接收将资源信息请求，所述资源信息请求用于请求所述第三随机接入信道资源和第一随机接入信道资源，所述第一随机接入信道资源为与第一网络设备对应的资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第二指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第四指示信息；所述第四指示信息用于指示与所述小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。从而，定位管理网元向终端设备指示出与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源，使得终端设备可以使用与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源，向服务网络设备、邻区网络设备发送前导码。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。从而，终端设备可以根据以上信息，确定出与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，所 述物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。从而，终端设备可以根据以上信息，确定出与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。
第九方面，本申请提供一种第一网络设备，包括：
发送器、接收器和处理器；
所述发送器，用于将第一指示信息发送给终端设备，所述第一指示信息用于指示随机接入信道资源，所述第一指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备向所述第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码；
所述接收器，用于从所述终端设备接收前导码；
所述发送器，还用于将位置信息请求发送给每一个所述第二网络设备；
所述接收器，还用于从每一个所述第二网络设备接收测量信息，每一个所述测量信息用于指示每一个第二网络设备测量的所述终端设备的位置信息；
所述处理器，用于根据所述测量信息和所述第一网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息，对所述终端设备进行定位。
本申请，通过第一网络设备向终端设备指示出随机接入信道资源，终端设备采用随机接入信道资源向第一网络设备、至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码，进而，终端设备接入到作为服务基站的第一网络设备、每一个作为邻区网络设备的第二网络设备中；然后，第一网络设备中的定位管理组件分别每一个邻区网络设备之间进行交互，第一网络设备中的定位管理组件获取邻区网络设备测量的测量信息，第一网络设备中的定位管理组件根据所接收到测量信息进行计算，得到终端设备的准确位置。可以利用随机接入信道资源，完成多个网络设备对终端设备的位置测量，第一网络设备中的定位管理组件根据各个网络设备上报的测量信息进行计算，得到终端设备的准确位置，可以准确的对终端设备进行定位；并且，实现过程简单易行。
在一种可能的设计中，所述处理器，还用于在所述发送器将第一指示信息发送给终端设备之前，所述第一网络设备与所述至少一个第二网络设备协商所述随机接入信道资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第二指示信息；所述第二指示信息用于指示与所述小区对应的所述随机接入信道资源。从而，第一网络设备向终端设备指示出与每一个小区对应的随机接入信道资源，使得终端设备可以使用与每一个小区对应的随机接入信道资源，向服务网络设备、邻区网络设备发送前导码。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第二指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。从而，终端设备可以根据以上信息，确定出与每一个小区对应的随机接入信道资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第二指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，所述物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。从而，终端设备可以根据以上信息，确定出与每一个小区对应的随机接入信道资源。
第十方面，本申请提供一种终端设备，包括：
发送器和接收器，
所述接收器，用于从第一网络设备接收第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示随机接入信道资源，所述第一指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备向所述第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码；
所述发送器，用于将前导码发送给所述第一网络设备和每一个所述第二网络设备。
本申请，通过第一网络设备向终端设备指示出随机接入信道资源，终端设备采用随机接入信道资源向第一网络设备、至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码，进而，终端设备接入到作为服务基站的第一网络设备、每一个作为邻区网络设备的第二网络设备中；然后，第一网络设备中的定位管理组件分别每一个邻区网络设备之间进行交互，第一网络设备中的定位管理组件获取邻区网络设备测量的测量信息，第一网络设备中的定位管理组件根据所接收到测量信息进行计算，得到终端设备的准确位置。可以利用随机接入信道资源，完成多个网络设备对终端设备的位置测量，第一网络设备中的定位管理组件根据各个网络设备上报的测量信息进行计算，得到终端设备的准确位置，可以准确的对终端设备进行定位；并且，实现过程简单易行。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第二指示信息；所述第二指示信息用于指示与所述小区对应的所述随机接入信道资源。从而，第一网络设备向终端设备指示出与每一个小区对应的随机接入信道资源，使得终端设备可以使用与每一个小区对应的随机接入信道资源，向服务网络设备、邻区网络设备发送前导码。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第二指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。从而，终端设备可以根据以上信息，确定出与每一个小区对应的随机接入信道资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第二指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接 入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，所述物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。从而，终端设备可以根据以上信息，确定出与每一个小区对应的随机接入信道资源。
第十一方面，本申请提供一种定位管理网元，包括：
第一接收单元，用于从第一网络设备接收第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示第一随机接入信道资源；
第一发送单元，用于将第二指示信息发送给终端设备，第二指示信息用于指示第二随机接入信道资源，所述第二指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备向所述第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码；
第二发送单元，用于将位置信息请求发送给所述第一网络设备和每一个所述第二网络设备；
第二接收单元，用于从所述第一网络设备和每一个所述第二网络设备分别接收测量信息，所述测量信息用于指示网络设备测量的所述终端设备的位置信息；
第一确定单元，用于根据所述测量信息，确定所述终端设备的定位。
本申请，通过定位管理网元向终端设备指示出终端设备可以使用的随机接入信道资源，终端设备就可以采用随机接入信道资源向服务网络设备、邻区网络设备发送前导码，进而，终端设备接入到服务网络设备、邻区网络设备中；然后，定位管理网元分别与服务网络设备、邻区网络设备之间进行交互，定位管理网元获取服务网络设备、邻区网络设备各自测量的测量信息，每一个测量信息指示出了每一个网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息；然后，定位管理网元根据所接收到测量信息进行计算，得到终端设备的准确位置。本实施例提供的方法，可以利用随机接入信道资源，完成多个网络设备对终端设备的位置测量，核心网的定位管理网元根据各个网络设备上报的测量信息进行计算，得到终端设备的准确位置，可以准确的对终端设备进行定位；并且，实现过程简单易行。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一随机接入信道资源与所述第二随机接入信道资源相同。从而，第一网络设备与至少一个第二网络设备之间协商出终端设备可以使用的第一随机接入信道资源，定位管理网元可以将第一随机接入信道资源指示给终端设备；使得，终端设备采用第一随机接入信道资源与第一网络设备、至少一个第二网络设备建立连接；进而，定位管理网元可以获取到第一网络设备、至少一个第二网络设备对终端设备的位置测量的信息。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一随机接入信道资源与所述第二随机接入信道资源不同，所述第一随机接入信道资源为与所述第一网络设备对应的资源；所述定位管理网元，还包括：第三接收单元，用于从每一个所述第二网络设备接收第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示第三随机接入信道资源，每一个所述第三随机接入信道资源为与每一个所述第二网络设备对应的资源；
所述定位管理网元，还包括：第二确定单元，用于在所述第一发送单元将第二指 示信息发送给终端设备之前，根据所述第一指示信息和每一个所述第三指示信息，确定所述第二指示信息。从而，第一网络设备与至少一个第二网络设备将各自的随机接入信道资源，上报给定位管理网元；定位管理网元可以根据各网络设备上报的随机接入信道资源确定出终端设备可以使用的第二随机接入信道资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述定位管理网元，还包括：
第三发送单元，用于在所述第一接收单元从第一网络设备接收第一指示信息之前，将资源信息请求发送给所述第一网络设备和每一个所述第二网络设备，所述资源信息请求用于请求所述第一随机接入信道资源。从而，定位管理网元向第一网络设备、每一个第二网络设备发送资源信息请求，以获取到第一网络设备、每一个第二网络设备各自的随机接入信道资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第二指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第四指示信息；所述第四指示信息用于指示与所述小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。从而，定位管理网元向终端设备指示出与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源，使得终端设备可以使用与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源，向服务网络设备、邻区网络设备发送前导码。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。从而，终端设备可以根据以上信息，确定出与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，所述物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。从而，终端设备可以根据以上信息，确定出与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息中包括以下的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息中包括以下的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、 每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，所述物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
第十二方面，本申请提供一种第一网络设备，包括：
第一发送单元，用于将第一指示信息发送给定位管理网元，所述第一指示信息用于指示第一随机接入信道资源；
第一接收单元，用于接收终端设备根据第二指示信息发送的前导码，第二指示信息用于指示第二随机接入信道资源，所述第二指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备向所述第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码；
第二接收单元，用于接收所述定位管理网元发送的位置信息请求；
确定单元，用于根据所述位置信息请求，确定测量信息，所述测量信息用于指示网络设备测量的所述终端设备的位置信息；
第二发送单元，用于将所述测量信息发送给所述定位管理网元。
本申请，可以利用随机接入信道资源，完成多个网络设备对终端设备的位置测量，核心网的定位管理网元根据各个网络设备上报的测量信息进行计算，得到终端设备的准确位置，可以准确的对终端设备进行定位；并且，实现过程简单易行。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一随机接入信道资源与所述第二随机接入信道资源相同。机接入信道资源，定位管理网元可以将第一随机接入信道资源指示给终端设备；使得，终端设备采用第一随机接入信道资源与第一网络设备、至少一个第二网络设备建立连接；进而，定位管理网元可以获取到第一网络设备、至少一个第二网络设备对终端设备的位置测量的信息。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一随机接入信道资源与所述第二随机接入信道资源不同，所述第一随机接入信道资源为与所述第一网络设备对应的资源；所述第一网络设备，还包括：
第三接收单元，用于在所述第一发送单元将第一指示信息发送给定位管理网元之前，从所述定位管理网元接收资源信息请求，所述资源信息请求用于请求所述第一随机接入信道资源。从而，定位管理网元向第一网络设备、每一个第二网络设备发送资源信息请求，以获取到第一网络设备、每一个第二网络设备各自的随机接入信道资源；从而，第一网络设备与至少一个第二网络设备将各自的随机接入信道资源，上报给定位管理网元；定位管理网元可以根据各网络设备上报的随机接入信道资源确定出终端设备可以使用的第二随机接入信道资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第二指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第四指示信息；所述第四指示信息用于指示与所述小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。从而，定位管理网元向终端设备指示出与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源，使得终端设备可以使用与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源，向服务网络设备、邻区网络设备发送前导码。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。从而，终端设备可以根据以上信息，确定出与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，所述物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。从而，终端设备可以根据以上信息，确定出与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息中包括以下的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息中包括以下的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，所述物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
第十三方面，本申请提供一种第二网络设备，包括：
第一发送单元，用于将第三指示信息发送给定位管理网元，所述第三指示信息用于指示第三随机接入信道资源，每一个所述第三随机接入信道资源为与每一个所述第二网络设备对应的资源；
第一接收单元，用于接收终端设备根据第二指示信息发送的前导码，第二指示信息用于指示第二随机接入信道资源，所述第二指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备向第一网络设备和至少一个所述第二网络设备发送前导码，所述第二随机接入信道资源与所述第三随机接入信道资源不同；
第二接收单元，用于接收所述定位管理网元发送的位置信息请求；
确定单元，用于根据所述位置信息请求，确定测量信息，所述测量信息用于指示网络设备测量的所述终端设备的位置信息；
第二发送单元，用于将所述测量信息发送给所述定位管理网元。
本申请，通过第一网络设备与至少一个第二网络设备将各自的随机接入信道资源，上报给定位管理网元；定位管理网元可以根据各网络设备上报的随机接入信道资源确定出终端设备可以使用的第二随机接入信道资源；从而可以利用随机接入信道资源，完成多个网络设备对终端设备的位置测量，核心网的定位管理网元根据各个网络设备上报的测量信息进行计算，得到终端设备的准确位置，可以准确的对终端设备进行定位；并且，实现过程简单易行。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第二网络设备，还包括：
第三接收单元，用于在所述第一发送单元将第三指示信息发送给定位管理网元之前，从所述定位管理网元接收将资源信息请求，所述资源信息请求用于请求所述第三随机接入信道资源和第一随机接入信道资源，所述第一随机接入信道资源为与第一网络设备对应的资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第二指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第四指示信息；所述第四指示信息用于指示与所述小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。从而，定位管理网元向终端设备指示出与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源，使得终端设备可以使用与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源，向服务网络设备、邻区网络设备发送前导码。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。从而，终端设备可以根据以上信息，确定出与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，所述物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。从而，终端设备可以根据以上信息，确定出与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。
第十四方面，本申请提供一种第一网络设备，包括：
第一发送单元，用于将第一指示信息发送给终端设备，所述第一指示信息用于指示随机接入信道资源，所述第一指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备向所述第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码；
第一接收单元，用于从所述终端设备接收前导码；
第二发送单元，用于将位置信息请求发送给每一个所述第二网络设备；
第二接收单元，用于从每一个所述第二网络设备接收测量信息，每一个所述测量信息用于指示每一个第二网络设备测量的所述终端设备的位置信息；
确定单元，用于根据所述测量信息和所述第一网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息，对所述终端设备进行定位。
本申请，通过第一网络设备向终端设备指示出随机接入信道资源，终端设备采用随机接入信道资源向第一网络设备、至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码，进而，终端设备接入到作为服务基站的第一网络设备、每一个作为邻区网络设备的第二网络设备中；然后，第一网络设备中的定位管理组件分别每一个邻区网络设备之间进行交互，第一网络设备中的定位管理组件获取邻区网络设备测量的测量信息，第一网络设备中的定位管理组件根据所接收到测量信息进行计算，得到终端设备的准确位置。可以利用随机接入信道资源，完成多个网络设备对终端设备的位置测量，第一网络设备中的定位管理组件根据各个网络设备上报的测量信息进行计算，得到终端设备的准确位置，可以准确的对终端设备进行定位；并且，实现过程简单易行。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一网络设备，还包括：
第二确定单元，用于在所述第一发送单元将第一指示信息发送给终端设备之前，与所述至少一个第二网络设备协商所述随机接入信道资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第二指示信息；所述第二指示信息用于指示与所述小区对应的所述随机接入信道资源。从而，第一网络设备向终端设备指示出与每一个小区对应的随机接入信道资源，使得终端设备可以使用与每一个小区对应的随机接入信道资源，向服务网络设备、邻区网络设备发送前导码。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第二指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。从而，终端设备可以根据以上信息，确定出与每一个小区对应的随机接入信道资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第二指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，所述物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。从而，终端设备可以根据以上信息，确定出与每一个小区对应的随机接入信道资源。
第十五方面，本申请提供一种终端设备，包括：
接收单元，用于从第一网络设备接收第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示随机接入信道资源，所述第一指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备向所述第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码；
发送单元，用于将前导码发送给所述第一网络设备和每一个所述第二网络设备。
本申请，通过第一网络设备向终端设备指示出随机接入信道资源，终端设备采用随机接入信道资源向第一网络设备、至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码，进而，终端设备接入到作为服务基站的第一网络设备、每一个作为邻区网络设备的第二网络设备中；然后，第一网络设备中的定位管理组件分别每一个邻区网络设备之间进行交互，第一网络设备中的定位管理组件获取邻区网络设备测量的测量信息，第一网络设备中的定位管理组件根据所接收到测量信息进行计算，得到终端设备的准确位置。可以利用随机接入信道资源，完成多个网络设备对终端设备的位置测量，第一网络设备中的定位管理组件根据各个网络设备上报的测量信息进行计算，得到终端设备的准确位置，可以准确的对终端设备进行定位；并且，实现过程简单易行。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第一指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第二指示信息；所述第二指示信息用于指示与所述小区对应的所述随机接入信道资源。从而，第一网络设备向终端设备指示出与每一个小区对应的随机接入信道资源，使得终端设备可以使用与每一个小区对应的随机接入信道资源，向服务网络设备、邻区网络设备发送前导码。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第二指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。从而，终端设备可以根据以上信息，确定出与每一个小区对应的随机接入信道资源。
在一种可能的设计中，所述第二指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，所述物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。从而，终端设备可以根据以上信息，确定出与每一个小区对应的随机接入信道资源。
第十六方面，本申请提供一种定位管理网元，包括用于执行以上第一方面的任一实现方式的至少一个处理元件或芯片。
第十七方面，本申请提供一种计算机程序产品，包括程序代码，当所述计算机运行所述程序代码时，用于执行以上第一方面的任一实现方式。
第十八方面，本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质，包括第十七方面的程序。
第十九方面，本申请提供一种第一网络设备，包括用于执行以上第二方面的任一实现方式的至少一个处理元件或芯片。
第二十方面，本申请提供一种计算机程序产品，包括程序代码，当所述计算机运行所述程序代码时，用于执行以上第二方面的任一实现方式。
第二十一方面，本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质，包括第二十方面的程序。
第二十二方面，本申请提供一种第二网络设备，包括用于执行以上第三方面的任一实现方式的至少一个处理元件或芯片。
第二十三方面，本申请提供一种计算机程序产品，包括程序代码，当所述计算机运行所述程序代码时，用于执行以上第三方面的任一实现方式。
第二十四方面，本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质，包括第二十三方面的程序。
第二十五方面，本申请提供一种第二网络设备，包括用于执行以上第四方面的任一实现方式的至少一个处理元件或芯片。
第二十六方面，本申请提供一种计算机程序产品，包括程序代码，当所述计算机运行所述程序代码时，用于执行以上第四方面的任一实现方式。
第二十七方面，本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质，包括第二十六方面的程序。
第二十八方面，本申请提供一种第二网络设备，包括用于执行以上第五方面的任一实现方式的至少一个处理元件或芯片。
第二十九方面，本申请提供一种计算机程序产品，包括程序代码，当所述计算机运行所述程序代码时，用于执行以上第五方面的任一实现方式。
第三十方面，本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质，包括第二十九方面的程序。
第三十一方面，提供了一种通信系统，该系统包括：上述第一方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的定位管理网元；该系统还包括：上述第二方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的第一网络设备；该系统还包括：上述第三方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的至少一个第二网络设备。
第三十二方面，提供了一种通信系统，该系统包括：上述第四方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的第一网络设备；该系统还包括：上述第五方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的终端设备；该系统还包括：至少一个第二网络设备。
附图说明
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种应用场景示意图；
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种组网架构的示意图；
图3为本申请实施例提供的另一种组网架构的示意图；
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种基于前导码的定位方法的流程示意图；
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种基于前导码的定位方法的信令图；
图6为本申请实施例提供的另一种终端设备定位方法的流程示意图；
图7为非竞争的随机接入过程的信令图；
图8为本申请提供的物理随机接入信道时机与同步信号-广播信道资源块之间的对应关系的示意图；
图9为本申请提供的物理随机接入信道时机的时频域资源分布的示意图；
图10为本申请实施例提供的另一种基于前导码的定位方法的信令图；
图11为本申请实施例提供的又一种终端设备定位方法的流程示意图；
图12为本申请实施例提供的又一种基于前导码的定位方法的信令图；
图13为本申请实施例提供的再一种终端设备定位方法的流程示意图；
图14为本申请实施例提供的其他一种终端设备定位方法的流程示意图；
图15为本申请实施例提供的其他又一种终端设备定位方法的流程示意图；
图16为本申请实施例提供的其他又一种终端设备定位方法的信令图；
图17为本申请实施例提供的其他另一种终端设备定位方法的流程示意图；
图18为本申请实施例提供的一种定位管理网元的结构示意图；
图19为本申请实施例提供的一种第一网络设备的结构示意图；
图20为本申请实施例提供的一种第二网络设备的结构示意图；
图21为本申请实施例提供的另一种第一网络设备的结构示意图；
图22为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图；
图23为本申请实施例提供的另一种定位管理网元的结构示意图；
图24为本申请实施例提供的又一种定位管理网元的结构示意图；
图25为本申请实施例提供的又一种第一网络设备的结构示意图；
图26为本申请实施例提供的再一种第一网络设备的结构示意图
图27为本申请实施例提供的另一种第二网络设备的结构示意图；
图28为本申请实施例提供的其他一种第一网络设备的结构示意图；
图29为本申请实施例提供的另一种终端设备的结构示意图；
图30为本申请实施例提供的再一种定位管理网元的结构示意图；
图31为本申请实施例提供的其他另一种第一网络设备的结构示意图；
图32为本申请实施例提供的其他一种第二网络设备的结构示意图；
图33为本申请实施例提供的其他又一种第一网络设备的结构示意图；
图34为本申请实施例提供的又一种终端设备的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
本申请实施例应用于第五代移动通信网络(5th-generation，5G)通信系统或未来可能出现的其他系统，还可以应用于其他通信系统，例如：无线局域网通信(wireless local area network，WLAN)系统，全球移动通信(global system of mobile communication，GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access，CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access，WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service，GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex，FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex，TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system，UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access，WIMAX)通信系统、新空口(new radio，NR)等等。
以下对本申请中的部分用语进行解释说明，以便于本领域技术人员理解。需要说 明的是，当本申请实施例的方案应用于5G系统、或者现有的系统、或未来可能出现的其他系统时，网络设备和终端设备的名称可能发生变化，但这并不影响本申请实施例方案的实施。
1)终端设备，是一种向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备。本申请中终端设备主要指但不限于移动终端、车辆终端、车载终端、车辆设备、公共终端、无线通信功能的手持式设备、可穿戴设备、计算设备等，其中，车载终端包括但不限于车载导航仪等，移动终端包括但不限于手机、可穿戴设备、平板电脑等。示例性地，终端设备还可以是虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)终端设备、工业控制中的无线终端、无人驾驶中的无线终端、远程医疗中的无线终端、智能电网中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。
2)网络设备，又称为无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)设备是一种将终端设备接入到无线网络的设备，其包括各种通信制式中的设备；网络设备可能有多种形式，比如宏基站、微基站、中继站和接入点等；网络设备包括但不限于新空口网络中的网络设备、长期演进网络中的网络设备。示例性地，网络设备包括但不限于：传输点(transmission reception point，TRP)、下一代节点B(next generation Node B，gNB)、全球移动通信系统(global system for mobile communication，GSM)或码分多址(code division multiple access，CDMA)中的基站收发台(base transceiver station，BTS)、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access，WCDMA)系统中的节点B(nodeB，NB)、长期演进系统中的演进型节点B(evolutional Node B，eNB或eNodeB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller，RNC)、基站控制器(base station controller，BSC)、HeNB(home evolved NodeB)，或HNB(home Node B)、基带单元(baseband uit，BBU)等。
3)Uu接口，是全球陆地无线接入网和用户设备之间的无线接口；Xn接口，是下一代无线接入网节点之间的网络接口；NG-C接口，是下一代无线接入网和5G核心网之间的控制面接口；NLs接口：是网络层信令接口。
44)“多个”是指两个或两个以上，其它量词与之类似。“和/或”，描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。
5)“对应”可以指的是一种关联关系或绑定关系，A与B相对应指的是A与B之间是一种关联关系或绑定关系。
需要指出的是，本申请实施例中涉及的名词或术语可以相互参考，不再赘述。
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种应用场景示意图。如图1所示，终端设备01可以与多个网络设备之间进行交互，进而完成本申请的定位方法。多个网络设备例如有网络设备A1、网络设备A2。多个网络设备所采用的通信系统可以相同或不同；例如，网络设备A1、网络设备A2都采用长期演进通信系统；或者，网络设备A1、网络设备A2都采用新空口(new radio，NR)通信系统；或者，网络设备A1采用长期演进通信系统，网络设备A2采用NR通信系统。
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种组网架构的示意图，如图2所示的组网架构，主要包括终端设备、多个网络设备、接入和移动管理(access and mobility management function，AMF)网元、定位管理(location management function，LMF)网元、增强的服务移动定位中心(Evolved serving mobile location center，E-SMLC)、SUPL定位平台(SUPL Location Platform，SLP)。其中，SUPL为安全用户平面定位(Secure User Plane Location，SUPL)技术。多个网络设备构成无线接入网，无线接入网可以是5G无线接入网、或者无线接入网可以是现有的其他无线接入网、或无线接入网可以是未来可能出现的其他无线接入网。
在图2所示的组网架构中，多个网络设备中包括M个长期演进网络下的网络设备(Ng-eNB)、N个NR网络下的网络设备(gNB)；M、N为大于等于0的整数。终端设备与每一个网络设备通过Uu链路进行通信，例如，终端设备与长期演进网络下的网络设备通过长期演进网络下的Uu接口进行通信，终端设备与5G网络下的网络设备通过新空口网络下的Uu接口进行通信。网络设备之间通过Xn接口进行通信。每一个网络设备与接入和移动管理网元之间通过NG-C接口进行通信，接入和移动管理网元相当于网络设备与定位管理网元之间进行通信的路由器。接入和移动管理网元与定位管理网元之间通过NLs接口进行通信，定位管理网元用于实现终端设备的位置估计。定位管理网元可以与增强的服务移动定位中心、SUPL定位平台进行通信。
图3为本申请实施例提供的另一种组网架构的示意图，如图3所示的组网架构，主要包括终端设备、多个网络设备、接入和移动管理网元、定位管理网元实体、增强的服务移动定位中心、SUPL定位平台。多个网络设备构成无线接入网，无线接入网可以是5G无线接入网、或者无线接入网可以是现有的其他无线接入网、或无线接入网可以是未来可能出现的其他无线接入网。
在图3所示的组网架构中，多个网络设备中包括M个长期演进网络下的网络设备(Ng-eNB)、N个新空口网络下的网络设备(gNB)；M、N为大于等于0的整数。可以在多个网络设备中的一个网络设备中加入定位管理组件(location management component，LMC)，从而，定位管理组件可承担定位管理网元的定位功能，即，定位管理组件用于实现终端设备的位置估计；例如，在一个新空口网络下的网络设备中加入定位管理组件，或者，在一个长期演进网络下的网络设备中加入定位管理组件。终端设备与每一个网络设备通过Uu链路进行通信，例如，终端设备与长期演进网络下的网络设备通过长期演进下的Uu接口进行通信，终端设备与新空口网络下的网络设备通过新空口下的Uu接口进行通信。网络设备之间通过Xn接口进行通信。每一个网络设备与接入和移动管理网元之间通过NG-C接口进行通信，接入和移动管理网元相当于网络设备与定位管理网元之间进行通信的路由器。接入和移动管理网元与定位管理网元之间通过NLs接口进行通信，定位管理网元用于实现终端设备的位置估计。定位管理网元可以与增强的服务移动定位中心、SUPL定位平台进行通信。使用图3所示的组网机构，由于网络设备不需要将对于终端设备的位置的测量结果上报至核心网，从而可以节省信令开销，降低定位时延。
本申请提供的基于前导码的定位方法和设备，应用于上行定位技术和上下行定位技术中。示例性地，上行定位技术包括但不限于：基于UTDOA(uplink time difference  of arrival,UTDOA)的上行定位技术、基于到达角(angle of arrival，AOA)的上行定位技术、基于相对到达时间(relative time of arrival，RTOA)的上行定位技术、基于到达时间差(time difference of arrival，TDOA)的上行定位技术、基于到达时间(time of arrival，TOA)的上行定位技术、基于上行到达角(uplink angle of arrival，UAOA/UL-AOA)的上行定位技术。上下行定位技术包括但不限于：多往返时间(multiple round trip timing,Multi-RTT)定位技术。
本申请提供的基于前导码的定位方法中，是具有多个网络设备参与的。
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种基于前导码的定位方法的流程示意图，如图4所示，该方法包括：
S101、定位管理网元从第一网络设备接收第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示第一随机接入信道(physical random access channel，PRACH)资源。
示例性地，多个网络设备参与本申请实施例的方法，多个网络设备中包括一个服务网络设备、至少一个邻区网络设备，服务网络设备是直接为服务网络设备下的终端设备提供通信服务的设备。
本申请实施例提供的基于前导码的定位方法，涉及定位管理网元、一个第一网络设备、至少一个第二网络设备、终端设备。其中，第一网络设备为服务网络设备，第二网络设备为邻区网络设备。定位管理网元，是核心网中的网元。
第一网络设备通过NR定位协议副本(NR positioning protocol annex，NRPPa)向定位管理网元发送第一指示消息。
上述第一指示消息指示出了随机接入信道(random access channel，RACH)资源，即，第一指示消息指示出了终端设备分别与第一网络设备、第二网络设备之间通信时可以使用的随机接入信道资源。为了便于与后续的随机接入信道资源进行区分，将第一指示消息所指示出的随机接入信道资源，称为第一随机接入信道资源。
从而，在步骤S102之后，第一网络设备可以将第一随机接入信道资源，通过第一指示信息上报给定位管理网元。
S102、定位管理网元将第二指示信息发送给终端设备，第二指示信息用于指示第二随机接入信道资源，第二指示信息还用于指示终端设备向第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码(preamble)。
示例性地，定位管理网元通过LTE定位协议(LTE positioning protocol，LPP)将第二指示信息发送给终端设备。
上述第二指示消息向终端设备指出了随机接入信道资源，将第二指示消息所指示出的随机接入信道资源，称为第二随机接入信道资源。示例性地，上述第一随机接入信道资源可以与第二随机接入信道资源相同，此时，是由第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备，这些网络设备之间进行信令的交互，以协商出随机接入信道资源；进而，作为服务网络设备的第一网络设备，将协商出的随机接入信道资源，指示给定位管理网元；然后，定位管理网元再将随机接入信道资源，指示给终端设备。示例性地，上述第一随机接入信道资源可以与第二随机接入信道资源不同，此时，第一网络设备、每一个第二网络设备分别向定位管理网元，上报自己的第一随机接入信道资源，即， 第一网络设备、每一个第二网络设备分别向定位管理网元，指示出自己的第一随机接入信道资源；然后，由定位管理网元将各个网络设备上报的第一随机接入信道资源，选择出第二随机接入信道资源。
并且，第二指示信息还用于指示终端设备向上述第一网络设备、每一个上述第二网络设备分别发送前导码。
终端设备在接收到第二指示信息之后，终端设备可以根据第二指示信息的指示，确定出第二随机接入信道资源；然后，终端设备根据二随机接入信道资源，分别向第一网络设备、每一个第二网络设备分别发送前导码。从而，终端设备分别接入到了第一网络设备、每一个第二网络设备中，即，第一网络设备、每一个第二网络设备可以确定分别与终端设备建立了连接。
S103、定位管理网元将位置信息请求(location information request)发送给第一网络设备和每一个第二网络设备。
示例性地，在步骤S102之后，终端设备分别接入到了第一网络设备、每一个第二网络设备中，然后，定位管理网元需要与第一网络设备、每一个第二网络设备进行交互，以对终端设备进行准确的定位。
首先，定位管理网元通过NR定位协议副本，向第一网络设备发送位置信息请求；并且，定位管理网元通过NR定位协议副本，分别向每一个第二网络设备发送位置信息请求。示例性地，位置信息请求可以为以下的任意一种或多种：无线资源管理信令、媒体接入控制-控制单元信令、下行控制信息信令。
从而，第一网络设备测量终端设备的位置，确定出测量信息。并且，每一个第二网络设备测量终端设备的位置，确定出测量信息，可知，每一个测量信息用于指示每一个网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息。
示例性地，上述第一网络设备、第二网络设备可以采用相对到达时间(relative time of arrival，RTOA)方式，测量终端设备的位置；或者，上述第一网络设备、第二网络设备可以采用到达角(angle of arrival，AOA)方式，测量终端设备的位置。举例来说，第一网络设备和每一个第二网络设备，都可以采用相对到达时间方式测量终端设备的位置；第一网络设备和每一个第二网络设备都可以采用到达角方式测量终端设备的位置；第一网络设备和各第二网络设备中的部分网络设备，分别采用相对到达时间方式测量终端设备的位置，第一网络设备和各第二网络设备中的其余网络设备，分别采用到达角方式测量终端设备的位置。
S104、定位管理网元从第一网络设备和每一个第二网络设备分别接收测量信息，测量信息用于指示网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息。
示例性地，第一网络设备和每一个第二网络设备完成对终端设备的位置测量之后，第一网络设备和每一个第二网络设备分别向定位管理网元发送测量信息，即，第一网络设备和每一个第二网络设备将各自得到的测量结果上报给定位管理网元。
例如，第一网络设备向测量信息，发送给定位管理网元，该测量信息用于指示第一网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息。一个第二网络设备向测量信息，发送给定位管理网元，该测量信息用于指示该第二网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息。另一个第二网络设备向测量信息，发送给定位管理网元，该测量信息用于指示该第二网络设 备测量的终端设备的位置信息。
S105、定位管理网元根据测量信息，确定终端设备的定位。
示例性地，定位管理网元根据第一网络设备和每一个第二网络设备所上报的测量信息，进行定位计算，以得到终端设备的准确位置，进而对终端设备进行定位。
示例性地，在第一网络设备和每一个第二网络设备采用相对到达时间方式测量终端设备的位置的时候，定位管理网元采用Chan氏算法对各测量信息进行总和处理，得到终端设备的准确位置。在第一网络设备和每一个第二网络设备采用到达角方式测量终端设备的位置的时候，定位管理网元采用粒子群优化(partical swarm optimization，PSO)算法对各测量信息进行综合处理，得到终端设备的准确位置。
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种基于前导码的定位方法的信令图，如图5所示，该方法包括：
S11、第一网络设备将第一指示信息发送给定位管理网元，第一指示信息用于指示第一随机接入信道资源。
S12、定位管理网元将第二指示信息发送给终端设备，第二指示信息用于指示第二随机接入信道资源，第二指示信息还用于指示终端设备向第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码。
S13、终端设备向第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码。
S14、定位管理网元将位置信息请求发送给第一网络设备和每一个第二网络设备。
S15、第一网络设备将测量信息发送给定位管理网元，该测量信息用于指示第一网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息。
S16、每一个第二网络设备将测量信息发送给定位管理网元，该测量信息用于指示第二网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息。
其中，步骤S15和步骤S16的执行次序不做限定，可以先执行步骤S15然后执行步骤S16，或者，可以先执行步骤S16然后执行步骤S15，或者，同时执行步骤S15和S16。
S17、定位管理网元根据测量信息，确定终端设备的定位。
示例性地，图5所示的步骤可以参见图4所示的各步骤，不再赘述。
图4-图5提供的终端设备定位方法，可以基于图2或图3所提供的组网架构。
本实施例中，通过定位管理网元从第一网络设备接收第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示第一随机接入信道资源；定位管理网元将第二指示信息发送给终端设备，第二指示信息用于指示第二随机接入信道资源，第二指示信息还用于指示终端设备向第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码；定位管理网元将位置信息请求发送给第一网络设备和每一个第二网络设备；定位管理网元从第一网络设备和每一个第二网络设备分别接收测量信息，测量信息用于指示网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息；定位管理网元根据测量信息，确定终端设备的定位。从而，定位管理网元向终端设备指示出终端设备可以使用的随机接入信道资源，终端设备就可以采用随机接入信道资源向服务网络设备、邻区网络设备发送前导码，进而，终端设备接入到服务网络设备、邻区网络设备中；然后，定位管理网元分别与服务网络设备、邻区网络设备之间进行交互，定位管理网元获取服务网络设备、邻区网络设备各自测量的测量信息， 每一个测量信息指示出了每一个网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息；然后，定位管理网元根据所接收到测量信息进行计算，得到终端设备的准确位置。本实施例提供的方法，可以利用随机接入信道资源，完成多个网络设备对终端设备的位置测量，核心网的定位管理网元根据各个网络设备上报的测量信息进行计算，得到终端设备的准确位置，可以准确的对终端设备进行定位；并且，实现过程简单易行。
图6为本申请实施例提供的另一种终端设备定位方法的流程示意图，如图6所示，该方法包括：
S201、第一网络设备与至少一个第二网络设备之间协商出第一随机接入信道资源。
示例性地，多个网络设备参与本申请实施例的方法，多个网络设备中包括一个服务网络设备、至少一个邻区网络设备，服务网络设备是直接为服务网络设备下的终端设备提供通信服务的设备。
本申请实施例提供的基于前导码的定位方法，涉及定位管理网元、一个第一网络设备、至少一个第二网络设备、终端设备。其中，第一网络设备为服务网络设备，第二网络设备为邻区网络设备。定位管理网元，是核心网中的网元。
在步骤S201之前，定位管理网元确定出参与本申请实施例提供的基于前导码的定位方法的网络设备，即，定位管理网元确定参与定位过程的网络设备。其中，由于为终端设备直接提供服务的服务网络设备，肯定会参与定位过程；定位管理网元主要是选择出参与定位过程的邻区网络设备，即，定位管理网元确定出上述至少一个第二网络设备。在上述确定出参与定位过程的网络设备的过程中，定位管理网元与第一网络设备、至少一个第二网络设备之间会存在信令交互过程。
然后，在执行步骤S201的时候，第一网络设备与至少一个第二网络设备之间会进行信令交互，协商出第一随机接入信道资源。例如，每一个终端设备具有各自的可用随机接入信道资源，其中，每一个终端设备具有的随机接入信道资源可能是不同的；然后，多个终端设备之间通过协商，得到这些随机接入信道资源的交集，进而协商出第一随机接入信道资源。
S202、定位管理网元从第一网络设备接收第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示第一随机接入信道资源。
示例性地，第一指示信息可以具有以下几种实施方式。
第一指示信息的第一种实施方式、第一指示信息中包括以下的一种或多种：消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块(synchronization signal and PBCH block，SSB)时机(occasion)掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0(physical resource block0，PRB0)的偏移量。
第一指示信息的第二种实施方式、第一指示信息中包括以下的一种或多种：消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道 配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号(channel status information reference signal，CSI-RS)的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
示例性地，在第一网络设备与至少一个第二网络设备之间协商出第一随机接入信道资源之后，作为服务网络设备的第一网络设备，将第一随机接入信道资源通知给定位管理网元。此时，第一网络设备通过NR定位协议副本向定位管理网元发送第一指示消息，示例性地，第一指示消息可以为以下的任意一种或多种：无线资源管理信令、媒体接入控制-控制单元信令、下行控制信息信令。
上述第一指示消息指示出了第一网络设备与至少一个第二网络设备之间协商出的第一随机接入信道资源。
为了可以指示出第一随机接入信道资源，第一指示信息中可以包括一种或多种信息，进而使得定位管理网元和终端设备可以确定出第一指示信息所指示的第一随机接入信道资源。
第一指示信息的第一种实施方式、第一指示信息中包括但不限于以下信息：消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道(physical random access channel，PRACH)时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引。其中，消息1频分复用，指的是每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量；消息1频率开始，指的是开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
其中，物理资源块0为当前部分带宽下的第一个物理资源块，编号为0。
上述的消息1，为非竞争的随机接入(contention-free random access，CFRA)过程中的消息1。随机接入过程，指的是终端设备而发送随机接入前导码去开始尝试接入网络，然后终端设备与网络间建立起基本的信令连接之前的过程。非竞争的随机接入过程，指的是终端设备在接入小区专有的随机接入信道资源，终端设备处于资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)连接态下，在特定场景下非竞争的随机接入才会被触发；上述特征场景包括但不限于：波束失败重建、请求系统信息、小区切换。
图7为非竞争的随机接入过程的信令图，如图7所示，非竞争的随机接入过程包括：
步骤1、网络设备将随机接入前导码分配(RA preamble assignment)发送给终端设备，RA preamble assignment用于指示终端设备可以专有的随机接入信道资源。
从而，步骤1中，网络设备将终端设备可以专有的随机接入信道资源，告知给终端设备。步骤1中的网络设备可以是核心网中的网元、或者基站、等等。然后，开始随机接入过程。
步骤2、终端设备将消息1发送给网络设备。
在步骤2中，消息1中包括前导码；终端设备可以采用随机接入信道资源，将消息1发送给网络设备。
并且，随机接入信道资源下的前导码，是终端设备可以专用的。在非竞争的随机接入过程中，终端设备已经拥有在接入小区内的唯一标志，该唯一标志为小区无线网络临时标识(cell radio network temporary identifier，C-RNTI)，所以也不需要网络设备给终端设备分配小区无线网络临时标识。
步骤3、网络设备将响应消息发送给终端设备。
在步骤3中，响应消息表征了终端设备接入到了小区中。
在上述第一种实施方式中，第一指示信息中的各个信息可以有以下具体特征。
示例性地，每个物理随机接入信道时机由多个前导码构成，例如，每个物理随机接入信道时机由64个前导码构成。
示例性地，每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量为整数，其取值可以是2 n，n为大于等于0的正整数。例如，每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量可以是1、2、4、8等等。
示例性地，物理随机接入信道配置索引，其取值范围为[0,255]，并且，物理随机接入信道配置索引为整数。物理随机接入信道配置索引，也可以称为物理随机接入信道时域配置索引。物理随机接入信道配置索引，用于指示物理随机接入信道时机的时域资源；物理随机接入信道配置索引、物理随机接入信道的时域资源，两者的对应关系，可以参见第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project，3GPP)通信技术协议中的TS38.211(technical specification 38.211)中的表(Table)6.3.3.2-2至6.3.3.2-4的介绍。终端设备可以根据物理随机接入信道配置索引，确定出的参数包括但不限于：子帧数、起始符号、一个子帧中物理随机接入信道时机占用的时隙数、一个物理随机接入信道时机所占用的时隙内的物理随机接入信道时机个数。
表1为3GPP通信技术协议中的TS38.211中的表Table 6.3.3.2-2的部分内容，Table 6.3.3.2-2的详细内容请见3GPP通信技术协议中的TS38.211中Table 6.3.3.2-2的介绍，不再赘述。Table 6.3.3.2-2，为频率范围1和配对的频谱/补充上行链路的随机接入配置(Random access configurations for FR1 and paired spectrum/supplementary uplink)。其中，Table 6.3.3.2-2规定了物理随机接入信道配置索引(PRACH Configuration Index)，前导码格式(Preamble format)，n SFNmod x＝y，子帧数(Subframe number)，起始符号(Starting symbol)，一个子帧内的物理随机接入信道时隙数(Number of PRACH slots within a subframe)，
Figure PCTCN2019109760-appb-000001
一个物理随机接入信道时隙内的时域物理随机接入信道时刻数(number of time-domain PRACH occasions within a PRACH slot)，
Figure PCTCN2019109760-appb-000002
物理随机接入信道持续时间(PRACH duration)；x和y为与系统帧数有关的参量，
Figure PCTCN2019109760-appb-000003
为一个物理随机接入信道时隙内的时域物理随机接入信道时刻数，
Figure PCTCN2019109760-appb-000004
为物理随机接入信道持续时间。
表2为3GPP通信技术协议中的TS38.211中的表Table 6.3.3.2-3的部分内容，Table 6.3.3.2-3的详细内容请见3GPP通信技术协议中的TS38.211中Table 6.3.3.2-3的介绍，不再赘述。Table 6.3.3.2-3，为频率范围1和非配对频谱的随机接入配置(Random access configurations for FR1 and unpaired spectrum)。其中，Table 6.3.3.2-3规定了物理随机接入信道配置索引(PRACH Configuration Index)，前导码格式(Preamble format)，n SFNmod x＝y，子帧数(Subframe number)，起始符号(Starting symbol)，一个子帧 内的物理随机接入信道时隙数(Number of PRACH slots within a subframe)，
Figure PCTCN2019109760-appb-000005
一个物理随机接入信道时隙内的时域物理随机接入信道时刻数(number of time-domain PRACH occasions within a PRACH slot)，
Figure PCTCN2019109760-appb-000006
物理随机接入信道持续时间(PRACH duration)；x和y为与系统帧数有关的参量，
Figure PCTCN2019109760-appb-000007
为一个物理随机接入信道时隙内的时域物理随机接入信道时刻数，
Figure PCTCN2019109760-appb-000008
为物理随机接入信道持续时间。
表3为3GPP通信技术协议中的TS38.211中的表Table 6.3.3.2-4的部分内容，Table 6.3.3.2-4的详细内容请见3GPP通信技术协议中的TS38.211中Table 6.3.3.2-4的介绍，不再赘述。Table 6.3.3.2-4，为频率范围2和非配对频谱的随机接入配置(Random access configurations for FR2 and unpaired spectrum)。其中，Table 6.3.3.2-4规定了物理随机接入信道配置索引(PRACH Configuration Index)，前导码格式(Preamble format)，n SFNmod x＝y，时隙数(Slot number)，起始符号(Starting symbol)，一个60kHz时隙内的物理随机接入信道时隙数(Number of PRACH slots within a 60kHz slot)，
Figure PCTCN2019109760-appb-000009
一个物理随机接入信道时隙内的时域物理随机接入信道时刻数(number of time-domain PRACH occasions within a PRACH slot)，
Figure PCTCN2019109760-appb-000010
物理随机接入信道持续时间(PRACH duration)；x和y为与系统帧数有关的参量，
Figure PCTCN2019109760-appb-000011
为一个物理随机接入信道时隙内的时域物理随机接入信道时刻数，
Figure PCTCN2019109760-appb-000012
为物理随机接入信道持续时间。
表1：Table 6.3.3.2-2:Random access configurations for FR1 and paired spectrum/supplementary uplink
Figure PCTCN2019109760-appb-000013
表2：Table 6.3.3.2-3:Random access configurations for FR1 and unpaired spectrum
Figure PCTCN2019109760-appb-000014
表3：Table 6.3.3.2-4: Random access configurations for FR2 and unpaired spectrum
Figure PCTCN2019109760-appb-000015
Figure PCTCN2019109760-appb-000016
示例性地，每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数，其取值可以是2 n，或者是(1/2) n，其中，n为大于等于0的正整数。例如，每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数，可以是1/8、1/4、1/2、1、2、4、8、16。不同的物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数，可以相同或不同。
图8为本申请提供的物理随机接入信道时机与同步信号-广播信道资源块之间的对应关系的示意图，如图8所示，图8的横轴为时域，图8的纵轴为频域，图8示出了16个物理随机接入信道时机，每一个物理随机接入信道时机对应了了不同的同步信号-广播信道资源块；图8中的每一个框为一个物理随机接入信道时机的索引，即，16个物理随机接入信道时机的索引分别为RO#0、RO#1、RO#2、RO#3、RO#4、RO#5、RO#6、RO#7、RO#8、RO#9、RO#10、RO#11、RO#12、RO#13、RO#14、RO#15；同步信号-广播信道资源块(SSB)的索引分别为#0、#1、#2、#3、#4、#5、#6、#7。
示例性地，随机接入前导码的索引，其取值范围为[0,63]。
举例来说，当一个时刻物理随机接入信道时机数量为4，开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量为0，每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数为1/2。
第一指示信息的第二种实施方式、第一指示信息中包括但不限于以下信息：消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表。
其中，消息1频分复用，指的是每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量。消息1频率开始，指的是开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。物理随机接入信道时机列表，用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
上述的消息1，也是非竞争的随机接入过程中的消息1。
在上述第二种实施方式中，第一指示信息中的各个信息可以有以下具体特征。
示例性地，每个物理随机接入信道时机由多个前导码构成，例如，每个物理随机接入信道时机由64个前导码构成。
示例性地，每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量为整数，其取值可以是2 n，n为大于等于0的正整数。例如，每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量可以是1、2、4、8等等。
示例性地，物理随机接入信道配置索引，其取值范围为[0,255]，并且，物理随机接入信道配置索引为整数。物理随机接入信道配置索引，也可以称为物理随机接入信道时域配置索引。物理随机接入信道配置索引，用于指示物理随机接入信道时机的时域资源；终端设备可以根据物理随机接入信道配置索引，确定出的参数包括但不限于：子帧数、起始符号、一个子帧中物理随机接入信道时机占用的时隙数、一个物理随机接入信道时机所占用的时隙内的物理随机接入信道时机个数。
示例性地，每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数，其取值可以是2 n，或者是(1/2) n，其中，n为大于等于0的正整数。例如，每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数，可以是1/8、1/4、1/2、1、2、4、8、16。不同的物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数，可以相同或不同。
示例性地，物理随机接入信道时机列表，可以指示出物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。图9为本申请提供的物理随机接入信道时机的时频域资源分布的示意图，如图9所示，图9的横轴为时域，图7的纵轴为频域，图9示出了16个物理随机接入信道时机，每一个物理随机接入信道时机对应了不同的时频域资源；图9中的每一个框为一个物理随机接入信道时机的索引，即，16个物理随机接入信道时机的索引分别为RO#0、RO#1、RO#2、RO#3、RO#4、RO#5、RO#6、RO#7、RO#8、RO#9、RO#10、RO#11、RO#12、RO#13、RO#14、RO#15。
示例性地，随机接入前导码的索引，其取值范围为[0,63]。
举例来说，当一个时刻物理随机接入信道时机数量为4，开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量为0，每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数为1/2。
S203、定位管理网元将第二指示信息发送给终端设备，第二指示信息用于指示第二随机接入信道资源，第二指示信息还用于指示终端设备向第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码(preamble)。其中，第一随机接入信道资源与第二随机接入信道资源相同。
示例性地，第二指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第四指示信息；第四指示信息用于指示与小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。
示例性地，第四指示信息可以具有以下几种实施方式。
第四指示信息的第一种实施方式、第二指示信息中包括以下的一种或多种：消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道 配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
第四指示信息的第二种实施方式、第二指示信息中包括以下的一种或多种：消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
示例性地，定位管理网元在接收到第一指示信息之后，可以直接根据第一指示信息和各小区的标识，生成第二指示信息。可知，第二指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第四指示信息；第四指示信息用于指示与小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。
各小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源，是与第一随机接入信道资源相同的。
定位管理网元将第二指示信息，发送给终端设备。
由于第二指示信息中的第四指示信息，指示出与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源，并且，第二指示信息还用于指示终端设备向上述第一网络设备、每一个上述第二网络设备分别发送前导码；从而，终端设备可以根据与每一个小区对应的第四指示信息，确定出与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源；然后，终端设备根据每一个小区的标识，采用与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源，向每一个小区发送前导码。从而，终端设备采用第二随机接入信道资源，向第一网络设备、每一个第二网络设备发送前导码。从而，终端设备分别接入到了第一网络设备、每一个第二网络设备中，即，第一网络设备、每一个第二网络设备可以确定分别与终端设备建立了连接。
第四指示信息的第一种实施方式、第四指示信息中包括但不限于以下信息：消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道(physical random access channel，PRACH)时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引。其中，消息1频分复用，指的是每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量；消息1频率开始，指的是开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
上述的消息1，为非竞争的随机接入过程中的消息1。
在上述第一种实施方式中，第四指示信息中的各个信息可以有以下具体特征。
示例性地，每个物理随机接入信道时机由多个前导码构成，例如，每个物理随机接入信道时机由64个前导码构成。
示例性地，每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量为整数，其取值可以是2 n，n为大于等于0的正整数。例如，每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量可以是1、2、4、8等等。
示例性地，物理随机接入信道配置索引，其取值范围为[0,255]，并且，物理随机接入信道配置索引为整数。物理随机接入信道配置索引，也可以称为物理随机接入信道时域配置索引。物理随机接入信道配置索引，用于指示物理随机接入信道时机的时域资源；物理随机接入信道配置索引、物理随机接入信道的时域资源，两者的对应关系，可以参见现有的通信标准中的TS38.211中表6.3.3.2-2至6.3.3.2-4所示。终端设备可以根据物理随机接入信道配置索引，确定出的参数包括但不限于：子帧数、起始符号、一个子帧中物理随机接入信道时机占用的时隙数、一个物理随机接入信道时机所占用的时隙内的物理随机接入信道时机个数。
示例性地，每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数，其取值可以是2 n，或者是(1/2) n，其中，n为大于等于0的正整数。例如，每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数，可以是1/8、1/4、1/2、1、2、4、8、16。不同的物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数，可以相同或不同。物理随机接入信道时机与同步信号-广播信道资源块之间的对应关系，可以参见8所示。
示例性地，随机接入前导码的索引，其取值范围为[0,63]。
举例来说，当一个时刻物理随机接入信道时机数量为4，开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量为0，每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数为1/2。
第四指示信息的第二种实施方式、第四指示信息中包括但不限于以下信息：消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表。
其中，消息1频分复用，指的是每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量。消息1频率开始，指的是开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。物理随机接入信道时机列表，用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
上述的消息1，也是非竞争的随机接入过程中的消息1。
在上述第二种实施方式中，第四指示信息中的各个信息可以有以下具体特征。
示例性地，每个物理随机接入信道时机由多个前导码构成，例如，每个物理随机接入信道时机由64个前导码构成。
示例性地，每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量为整数，其取值可以是2 n，n为大于等于0的正整数。例如，每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量可以是1、2、4、8等等。
示例性地，物理随机接入信道配置索引，其取值范围为[0,255]，并且，物理随机接入信道配置索引为整数。物理随机接入信道配置索引，也可以称为物理随机接入信道时域配置索引。物理随机接入信道配置索引，用于指示物理随机接入信道时机的时域资源；终端设备可以根据物理随机接入信道配置索引，确定出的参数包括但不限于：子帧数、起始符号、一个子帧中物理随机接入信道时机占用的时隙数、一个物理随机 接入信道时机所占用的时隙内的物理随机接入信道时机个数。
示例性地，每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数，其取值可以是2 n，或者是(1/2) n，其中，n为大于等于0的正整数。例如，每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数，可以是1/8、1/4、1/2、1、2、4、8、16。不同的物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数，可以相同或不同。
示例性地，物理随机接入信道时机列表，可以指示出物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。不同编号的随机接入时机在时-频域的资源分布可以参见图9所示，物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示被选择的随机接入时机的编号，该编号的随机接入时机与信道状态信息参考信号索引对应。
示例性地，随机接入前导码的索引，其取值范围为[0,63]。
终端设备根据小区标识、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引、物理随机接入信道配置索引、以及随机接入前导码的索引，可以确定出前导码；该前导码位于某一个小区对应的某一个同步信号-广播信道资源块所对应的物理随机接入信道时机上；终端设备根据小区标识、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引、物理随机接入信道配置索引、以及随机接入前导码的索引，确定出前导码位于哪个小区的哪个同步信号-广播信道资源块所对应的物理随机接入信道时机上。
S204、定位管理网元将位置信息请求发送给第一网络设备和每一个第二网络设备。
示例性地，本步骤可以参见图4的步骤S103，不再赘述。
S205、定位管理网元从第一网络设备和每一个第二网络设备分别接收测量信息，测量信息用于指示网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息。
示例性地，本步骤可以参见图4的步骤S104，不再赘述。
S206、定位管理网元根据测量信息，确定终端设备的定位。
示例性地，本步骤可以参见图4的步骤S105，不再赘述。
图10为本申请实施例提供的另一种基于前导码的定位方法的信令图，如图10所示，该方法包括：
S21、定位管理网元确定至少一个第二网络设备。
S22、第一网络设备与至少一个第二网络设备之间协商出第一随机接入信道资源。
S23、第一网络设备将第一指示信息发送给定位管理网元，第一指示信息用于指示第一随机接入信道资源。
S24、定位管理网元将第二指示信息发送给终端设备，第二指示信息用于指示第二随机接入信道资源，第二指示信息还用于指示终端设备向第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码。其中，第一随机接入信道资源与第二随机接入信道资源相同。
S25、终端设备向第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码。
S26、定位管理网元将位置信息请求发送给第一网络设备和每一个第二网络设备。
S27、第一网络设备将测量信息发送给定位管理网元，该测量信息用于指示第一网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息。
S28、每一个第二网络设备将测量信息发送给定位管理网元，该测量信息用于指示第二网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息。
其中，步骤S27和步骤S28的执行次序不做限定，可以先执行步骤S27然后执行步骤S28，或者，可以先执行步骤S28然后执行步骤S27，或者，同时执行步骤S27和S28。
S29、定位管理网元根据测量信息，确定终端设备的定位。
示例性地，图10所示的步骤可以参见图6所示的各步骤，不再赘述。
图6和图10提供的终端设备定位方法，可以基于图2或图3所提供的组网架构。
本实施例，通过第一网络设备与至少一个第二网络设备之间协商出终端设备可以使用的第一随机接入信道资源，第一网络设备将第一指示信息发送给定位管理网元，第一指示信息用于指示第一随机接入信道资源；从而，定位管理网元可以根据第一指示信息和各小区的标识，确定第二指示信息，第二指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第四指示信息，第四指示信息用于指示与小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源；然后，定位管理网元将第二指示信息发送给终端设备，进而向终端设备指示出终端设备可以使用的随机接入信道资源，终端设备就可以采用随机接入信道资源向服务网络设备、邻区网络设备发送前导码，进而，终端设备接入到服务网络设备、邻区网络设备中；然后，定位管理网元分别与服务网络设备、邻区网络设备之间进行交互，定位管理网元获取服务网络设备、邻区网络设备各自测量的测量信息，每一个测量信息指示出了每一个网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息；然后，定位管理网元根据所接收到测量信息进行计算，得到终端设备的准确位置。本实施例提供的方法，可以利用随机接入信道资源，完成多个网络设备对终端设备的位置测量，核心网的定位管理网元根据各个网络设备上报的测量信息进行计算，得到终端设备的准确位置，可以准确的对终端设备进行定位；并且，实现过程简单易行。
图11为本申请实施例提供的又一种终端设备定位方法的流程示意图，如图11所示，该方法包括：
S301、定位管理网元将资源信息请求(resource information request)发送给第一网络设备和每一个第二网络设备。
示例性地，多个网络设备参与本申请实施例的方法，多个网络设备中包括一个服务网络设备、至少一个邻区网络设备，服务网络设备是直接为服务网络设备下的终端设备提供通信服务的设备。
本申请实施例提供的基于前导码的定位方法，涉及定位管理网元、一个第一网络设备、至少一个第二网络设备、终端设备。其中，第一网络设备为服务网络设备，第二网络设备为邻区网络设备。定位管理网元，是核心网中的网元。
在步骤S301之前，定位管理网元确定出参与本申请实施例提供的基于前导码的定位方法的网络设备，即，定位管理网元确定参与定位过程的网络设备。其中，由于为终端设备直接提供服务的服务网络设备，肯定会参与定位过程；定位管理网元主要是选择出参与定位过程的邻区网络设备，即，定位管理网元确定出上述至少一个第二网络设备。在上述确定出参与定位过程的网络设备的过程中，定位管理网元与第一网络设备、至少一个第二网络设备之间会存在信令交互过程。
然后，在执行步骤S301的时候，由于定位管理网元确定出了参与定位过程的各个网络设备，分别为一个第一网络设备、至少一个第二网络设备，从而定位管理网元可 以向第一网络设备、每一个第二网络设备发送资源信息请求，资源信息请求用于请求每一个网络设备各自所确定的随机接入信道资源。
S302、定位管理网元从第一网络设备接收第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示第一随机接入信道资源。
示例性地，第一指示信息可以具有以下几种实施方式。
第一指示信息的第一种实施方式、第一指示信息中包括以下的一种或多种：消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
第一指示信息的第二种实施方式、第一指示信息中包括以下的一种或多种：消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
示例性地，作为服务网络设备的第一网络设备，知道第一网络设备可以提供的第一随机接入信道资源，从而第一网络设备可以生成一个指示第一随机接入信道资源的第一指示信息；然后，第一网络设备将第一指示信息发送给定位管理网元。
为了可以指示出第一随机接入信道资源，第一指示信息中可以包括一种或多种信息，进而使得定位管理网元和终端设备可以确定出第一指示信息所指示的第一随机接入信道资源。
第一指示信息的具体实施方式，可以参见图6的步骤S202的介绍，不再赘述。
S303、定位管理网元从每一个第二网络设备接收第三指示信息，第三指示信息用于指示第三随机接入信道资源，每一个第三随机接入信道资源为与每一个第二网络设备对应的资源。
示例性地，作为邻区网络设备的每一个第二网络设备，知道每一个第二网络设备可以提供的第三随机接入信道资源，从而每一个第二网络设备可以生成一个指示第三随机接入信道资源的第三指示信息；然后，每一个第二网络设备将第三指示信息发送给定位管理网元。
为了可以指示出第三随机接入信道资源，第三指示信息中可以包括一种或多种信息，进而使得定位管理网元和终端设备可以确定出第三指示信息所指示的第三随机接入信道资源。
第三指示信息所包括的信息，可以参见第一指示信息。第三指示信息的具体实施方式，可以参见图6的步骤S202中关于第一指示信息的介绍，不再赘述。
其中，步骤S302和步骤S303的执行次序不做限定，可以先执行步骤S302然后执行步骤S303，或者，可以先执行步骤S303在执行步骤S302，或者，可以同时执行 步骤S302和步骤S303。
S304、定位管理网元根据第一指示信息和每一个第三指示信息，确定第二指示信息；第二指示信息用于指示第二随机接入信道资源，第二指示信息还用于指示终端设备向第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码；第一随机接入信道资源与第二随机接入信道资源不同。
示例性地，第二指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第四指示信息；第四指示信息用于指示与小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。
示例性地，第四指示信息可以具有以下几种实施方式。
第四指示信息的第一种实施方式、第二指示信息中包括以下的一种或多种：消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
第四指示信息的第二种实施方式、第二指示信息中包括以下的一种或多种：消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
示例性地，在步骤S302和步骤S303之后，定位管理网元可以根据第一网络设备发送的第一指示信息，确定出第一网络设备所上报的第一随机接入信道资源；定位管理网元可以根据每一个第二网络设备发送的第三指示信息，确定出每一个第二网络设备所上报的第三随机接入信道资源。
然后，定位管理网元根据第一网络设备所上报的第一随机接入信道资源、每一个第二网络设备所上报的第三随机接入信道资源，选择出终端设备可以使用的第二随机接入信道资源。
然后，定位管理网元根据第二随机接入信道资源、每一个小区的标识，生成第二指示信息。第二指示信息中包括了每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第四指示信息；第四指示信息用于指示与小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。
第四指示信息的具体实施方式，可以参见图6的步骤S203的介绍，不再赘述。
S305、定位管理网元将第二指示信息发送给终端设备。
示例性地，定位管理网元将第二指示信息，发送给终端设备。
由于第二指示信息中的第四指示信息，指示出与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源，并且，第二指示信息还用于指示终端设备向上述第一网络设备、每一个上述第二网络设备分别发送前导码；从而，终端设备可以根据与每一个小区对应的第四指示信息，确定出与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源；然后，终端设备根据每一个小区的标识，采用与每一个小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源，向每一个小区 发送前导码。从而，终端设备采用第二随机接入信道资源，向第一网络设备、每一个第二网络设备发送前导码。从而，终端设备分别接入到了第一网络设备、每一个第二网络设备中，即，第一网络设备、每一个第二网络设备可以确定分别与终端设备建立了连接。
S306、定位管理网元将位置信息请求发送给第一网络设备和每一个第二网络设备。
示例性地，本步骤可以参见图4的步骤S103，不再赘述。
S307、定位管理网元从第一网络设备和每一个第二网络设备分别接收测量信息，测量信息用于指示网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息。
示例性地，本步骤可以参见图4的步骤S104，不再赘述。
S308、定位管理网元根据测量信息，确定终端设备的定位。
示例性地，本步骤可以参见图4的步骤S105，不再赘述。
图12为本申请实施例提供的又一种基于前导码的定位方法的信令图，如图12所示，该方法包括：
S31、定位管理网元确定至少一个第二网络设备。
S32、定位管理网元将资源信息请求发送给第一网络设备和每一个第二网络设备。
S33、第一网络设备将第一指示信息发送给定位管理网元，第一指示信息用于指示第一随机接入信道资源。
S34、每一个第二网络设备将第三指示信息发送给定位管理网元，第三指示信息用于指示第三随机接入信道资源，每一个第三随机接入信道资源为与每一个第二网络设备对应的资源。
其中，步骤S33和步骤S34的执行次序不做限定，可以先执行步骤S33然后执行步骤S34，或者，可以先执行步骤S34然后执行步骤S33，或者，同时执行步骤S33和S34。
S35、定位管理网元根据第一指示信息和每一个第三指示信息，确定第二指示信息；第二指示信息用于指示第二随机接入信道资源，第二指示信息还用于指示终端设备向第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码；第一随机接入信道资源与第二随机接入信道资源不同。
S36、定位管理网元将第二指示信息发送给终端设备。
S37、终端设备向第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码。
S38、定位管理网元将位置信息请求发送给第一网络设备和每一个第二网络设备。
S39、第一网络设备将测量信息发送给定位管理网元，该测量信息用于指示第一网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息。
S391、每一个第二网络设备将测量信息发送给定位管理网元，该测量信息用于指示第二网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息。
其中，步骤S39和步骤S391的执行次序不做限定，可以先执行步骤S39然后执行步骤S391，或者，可以先执行步骤S391然后执行步骤S39，或者，同时执行步骤S39和S391。
S392、定位管理网元根据测量信息，确定终端设备的定位。
示例性地，图12所示的步骤可以参见图11所示的各步骤，不再赘述。
图11和图12提供的终端设备定位方法，可以基于图2或图3所提供的组网架构。
本实施例，通过第一网络设备与至少一个第二网络设备将各自的随机接入信道资源，上报给定位管理网元；定位管理网元可以根据各网络设备上报的随机接入信道资源、各小区的标识，确定第二指示信息，第二指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第四指示信息，第四指示信息用于指示与小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源；然后，定位管理网元将第二指示信息发送给终端设备，进而向终端设备指示出终端设备可以使用的随机接入信道资源，终端设备就可以采用随机接入信道资源向服务网络设备、邻区网络设备发送前导码，进而，终端设备接入到服务网络设备、邻区网络设备中；然后，定位管理网元分别与服务网络设备、邻区网络设备之间进行交互，定位管理网元获取服务网络设备、邻区网络设备各自测量的测量信息，每一个测量信息指示出了每一个网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息；然后，定位管理网元根据所接收到测量信息进行计算，得到终端设备的准确位置。本实施例提供的方法，可以利用随机接入信道资源，完成多个网络设备对终端设备的位置测量，核心网的定位管理网元根据各个网络设备上报的测量信息进行计算，得到终端设备的准确位置，可以准确的对终端设备进行定位；并且，实现过程简单易行。
图13为本申请实施例提供的再一种终端设备定位方法的流程示意图，如图13所示，该方法包括：
S401、第一网络设备将第一指示信息发送给定位管理网元，第一指示信息用于指示第一随机接入信道资源。
S402、第一网络设备接收终端设备根据第二指示信息发送的前导码，第二指示信息用于指示第二随机接入信道资源，第二指示信息还用于指示终端设备向第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码。
S403、第一网络设备接收定位管理网元发送的位置信息请求。
S404、第一网络设备根据位置信息请求，确定测量信息，测量信息用于指示网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息。
S405、第一网络设备将测量信息发送给定位管理网元。
示例性地，本申请实施例提供的再一种终端设备定位方法，具体包括以下几种实现方式。
第一种实现方式、第一随机接入信道资源与第二随机接入信道资源相同。
第二种实现方式、第一随机接入信道资源与第二随机接入信道资源不同，第一随机接入信道资源为与第一网络设备对应的资源；则在步骤S401之前，还包括：第一网络设备从定位管理网元接收资源信息请求，资源信息请求用于请求第一随机接入信道资源。
示例性地，第二指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第四指示信息；第四指示信息用于指示与小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。
第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接 入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
或者，第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
示例性地，第一指示信息中包括以下的一种或多种：消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
或者，第一指示信息中包括以下的一种或多种：消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
示例性地，本实施的各步骤，可以参见图3-图12所示的各步骤，不再赘述。
图14为本申请实施例提供的其他一种终端设备定位方法的流程示意图，如图14所示，该方法包括：
S501、第二网络设备将第三指示信息发送给定位管理网元，第三指示信息用于指示第三随机接入信道资源，每一个第三随机接入信道资源为与每一个第二网络设备对应的资源。
S502、第二网络设备接收终端设备根据第二指示信息发送的前导码，第二指示信息用于指示第二随机接入信道资源，第二指示信息还用于指示终端设备向第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码，第二随机接入信道资源与第三随机接入信道资源不同。
S503、第二网络设备接收定位管理网元发送的位置信息请求。
S504、第二网络设备根据位置信息请求，确定测量信息，测量信息用于指示网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息。
S505、第二网络设备将测量信息发送给定位管理网元。
示例性地，在步骤S501之前，还可以包括；第二网络设备从定位管理网元接收将资源信息请求，资源信息请求用于请求第三随机接入信道资源和第一随机接入信道资源，第一随机接入信道资源为与第一网络设备对应的资源。
示例性地，第二指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第四指示信息；第四指示信息用于指示与小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。
示例性地，第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
或者，第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
示例性地，本实施的各步骤，可以参见图3-图12所示的各步骤，不再赘述。
图15为本申请实施例提供的其他又一种终端设备定位方法的流程示意图，如图15所示，该方法包括：
S601、第一网络设备与至少一个第二网络设备协商随机接入信道资源。
示例性地，多个网络设备参与本申请实施例的方法，多个网络设备中包括一个服务网络设备、至少一个邻区网络设备，服务网络设备是直接为服务网络设备下的终端设备提供通信服务的设备。
本申请实施例提供的基于前导码的定位方法，涉及一个第一网络设备、N个第二网络设备、终端设备；N为大于等于1的正整数；其中，第一网络设备为服务网络设备，第二网络设备为邻区网络设备。作为服务网络设备的第一网络设备中配置有定位管理组件；N个第二网络设备中的至少一个第二网络设备中配置有定位管理组件。
本申请实施例提供的基于前导码的定位方法，可能还涉及定位管理网元；定位管理网元，是核心网中的网元。定位管理网元与第一网络设备、N个第二网络设备之间，可能会存在信令交互过程。定位管理网元与其他的网络设备之间，可能也会存在信令交互过程。
示例性地，本申请实施例中的上述一个第一网络设备、N个第二网络设备，可能由定位管理网元确定出来。即，定位管理网元确定出参与本申请实施例提供的基于前导码的定位方法的网络设备。
示例性地，本申请实施例中的作为服务网络设备的第一网络设备，可以选择出上述作为邻区网络设备的第二网络设备。例如，第一网络设备中的定位管理组件，选择出N个第二网络设备。
第一网络设备与N个第二网络设备之间会进行信令交互，协商出随机接入信道资源。例如，每一个终端设备具有各自的可用随机接入信道资源，其中，每一个终端设备具有的随机接入信道资源可能是不同的；然后，多个终端设备之间通过协商，得到 这些随机接入信道资源的交集，进而协商出随机接入信道资源。
S602、第一网络设备将第一指示信息发送给终端设备，第一指示信息用于指示随机接入信道资源，第一指示信息还用于指示终端设备向第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码。
示例性地，第一指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第二指示信息；第二指示信息用于指示与小区对应的随机接入信道资源。
示例性地，第二指示信息包括以下几种实施方式。
第一种实施方式、第二指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引。
其中，消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
第二种实施方式、第二指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表。
其中，消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
示例性地，作为服务网络设备的第一网络设备，将随机接入信道资源通知给终端设备。此时，第一网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示消息，示例性地，第一指示消息可以为以下的任意一种或多种：无线资源管理信令、媒体接入控制-控制单元信令、下行控制信息信令。例如，第一网络设备通过RRC信令，将第一指示消息发送给终端设备。
上述第一指示消息指示出了第一网络设备与至少一个第二网络设备之间协商出的随机接入信道资源。
第一指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第二指示信息；第二指示信息用于指示与小区对应的随机接入信道资源。
为了可以指示出随机接入信道资源，第二指示信息中可以包括一种或多种信息，进而使得终端设备可以确定出第二指示信息所指示的随机接入信道资源。
第二指示信息的第一种实施方式、第二指示信息中包括但不限于以下信息：消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道(physical random access channel，PRACH)时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引。其中，消息1频分复用，指的是每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量；消息1频率开始，指的是开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
上述的消息1，为非竞争的随机接入过程中的消息1。
在上述第一种实施方式中，第二指示信息中的各个信息可以有以下具体特征。
示例性地，每个物理随机接入信道时机由多个前导码构成，例如，每个物理随机接入信道时机由64个前导码构成。
示例性地，每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量为整数，其取值可以是2 n，n为大于等于0的正整数。例如，每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量可以是1、2、4、8等等。
示例性地，物理随机接入信道配置索引，其取值范围为[0,255]，并且，物理随机接入信道配置索引为整数。物理随机接入信道配置索引，也可以称为物理随机接入信道时域配置索引。物理随机接入信道配置索引，用于指示物理随机接入信道时机的时域资源；物理随机接入信道配置索引、物理随机接入信道的时域资源，两者的对应关系，可以参见现有的通信标准中的TS38.211中表6.3.3.2-2至6.3.3.2-4所示。终端设备可以根据物理随机接入信道配置索引，确定出的参数包括但不限于：子帧数、起始符号、一个子帧中物理随机接入信道时机占用的时隙数、一个物理随机接入信道时机所占用的时隙内的物理随机接入信道时机个数。
示例性地，每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数，其取值可以是2 n，或者是(1/2) n，其中，n为大于等于0的正整数。例如，每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数，可以是1/8、1/4、1/2、1、2、4、8、16。不同的物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数，可以相同或不同。物理随机接入信道时机与同步信号-广播信道资源块之间的对应关系，可以参见图8所示。
示例性地，随机接入前导码的索引，其取值范围为[0,63]。
举例来说，当一个时刻物理随机接入信道时机数量为4，开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量为0，每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数为1/2。
第二指示信息的第二种实施方式、第二指示信息中包括但不限于以下信息：消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表。
其中，消息1频分复用，指的是每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量。消息1频率开始，指的是开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。物理随机接入信道时机列表，用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
上述的消息1，也是非竞争的随机接入过程中的消息1。
在上述第二种实施方式中，第二指示信息中的各个信息可以有以下具体特征。
示例性地，每个物理随机接入信道时机由多个前导码构成，例如，每个物理随机接入信道时机由64个前导码构成。
示例性地，每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量为整数，其取值可以是2 n，n为大于等于0的正整数。例如，每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量可以是1、 2、4、8等等。
示例性地，物理随机接入信道配置索引，其取值范围为[0,255]，并且，物理随机接入信道配置索引为整数。物理随机接入信道配置索引，也可以称为物理随机接入信道时域配置索引。物理随机接入信道配置索引，用于指示物理随机接入信道时机的时域资源；终端设备可以根据物理随机接入信道配置索引，确定出的参数包括但不限于：子帧数、起始符号、一个子帧中物理随机接入信道时机占用的时隙数、一个物理随机接入信道时机所占用的时隙内的物理随机接入信道时机个数。
示例性地，每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数，其取值可以是2 n，或者是(1/2) n，其中，n为大于等于0的正整数。例如，每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数，可以是1/8、1/4、1/2、1、2、4、8、16。不同的物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数，可以相同或不同。
示例性地，物理随机接入信道时机列表，可以指示出物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。不同编号的随机接入时机在时-频域的资源分布可以参见图9所示，物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示被选择的随机接入时机的编号，该编号的随机接入时机与信道状态信息参考信号索引对应。
示例性地，随机接入前导码的索引，其取值范围为[0,63]。
终端设备根据小区标识、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引、物理随机接入信道配置索引、以及随机接入前导码的索引，可以确定出前导码；该前导码位于某一个小区对应的某一个同步信号-广播信道资源块所对应的物理随机接入信道时机上；终端设备根据小区标识、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引、物理随机接入信道配置索引、以及随机接入前导码的索引，确定出前导码位于哪个小区的哪个同步信号-广播信道资源块所对应的物理随机接入信道时机上。
S603、第一网络设备从终端设备接收前导码。
示例性地，第一指示信息还用于指示终端设备向上述第一网络设备、每一个上述第二网络设备分别发送前导码；从而，终端设备可以根据与每一个小区对应的第二指示信息，确定出与每一个小区对应的随机接入信道资源；然后，终端设备根据每一个小区的标识，采用与每一个小区对应的随机接入信道资源，向每一个小区发送前导码。从而，终端设备采用随机接入信道资源，向第一网络设备、每一个第二网络设备发送前导码。从而，终端设备分别接入到了第一网络设备、每一个第二网络设备中，即，第一网络设备、每一个第二网络设备可以确定分别与终端设备建立了连接。
S604、第一网络设备将位置信息请求发送给每一个第二网络设备。
示例性地，在步骤S603之后，终端设备分别接入到了第一网络设备、每一个第二网络设备中，然后，第一网络设备中的定位管理组件需要与第一网络设备、每一个第二网络设备进行交互，以对终端设备进行准确的定位。
首先，第一网络设备中的定位管理组件通过NR定位协议副本，向第一网络设备发送位置信息请求；并且，第一网络设备中的定位管理组件通过Xn接口，分别向每一个第二网络设备发送位置信息请求。示例性地，位置信息请求可以为以下的任意一种或多种：无线资源管理信令、媒体接入控制-控制单元信令、下行控制信息信令。
从而，每一个第二网络设备测量终端设备的位置，确定出测量信息，可知，每一个测量信息用于指示每一个第二网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息。
示例性地，上述第二网络设备可以采用相对到达时间方式，测量终端设备的位置；或者，上述第二网络设备可以采用到达角(方式，测量终端设备的位置。举例来说，每一个第二网络设备，都可以采用相对到达时间方式测量终端设备的位置；每一个第二网络设备都可以采用到达角方式测量终端设备的位置；部分第二网络设备，分别采用相对到达时间方式测量终端设备的位置，其余第二网络设备，分别采用到达角方式测量终端设备的位置。
S605、第一网络设备从每一个第二网络设备接收测量信息，每一个测量信息用于指示每一个第二网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息。
示例性地，每一个第二网络设备完成对终端设备的位置测量之后，每一个网络设备向第一网络设备中的定位管理组件发送测量信息，即，每一个第二网络设备将各自得到的测量结果上报给第一网络设备中的定位管理组件。
S606、第一网络设备根据测量信息和第一网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息，对终端设备进行定位。
示例性地，第一网络设备中的定位管理组件根据每一个第二网络设备所上报的测量信息，进行定位计算，以得到终端设备的准确位置，进而对终端设备进行定位。
示例性地，在每一个第二网络设备采用相对到达时间方式测量终端设备的位置的时候，第一网络设备中的定位管理组件采用Chan氏算法对各测量信息进行总和处理，得到终端设备的准确位置。在每一个第二网络设备采用到达角方式测量终端设备的位置的时候，第一网络设备中的定位管理组件采用粒子群优化算法对各测量信息进行综合处理，得到终端设备的准确位置。
图16为本申请实施例提供的其他又一种终端设备定位方法的信令图，如图16所示，该方法包括：
S51、第一网络设备与至少一个第二网络设备协商随机接入信道资源。
S52、第一网络设备将第一指示信息发送给终端设备，第一指示信息用于指示随机接入信道资源，第一指示信息还用于指示终端设备向第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码。
S53、终端设备向第一网络设备、每一个第二网络设备发送前导码。
S54、第一网络设备将位置信息请求发送给每一个第二网络设备。
S55、每一个第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送测量信息，每一个测量信息用于指示每一个第二网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息。
S56、第一网络设备根据测量信息和第一网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息，对终端设备进行定位。
示例性地，图16所示的步骤可以参见图15所示的各步骤，不再赘述。
本实施例，通过在作为服务基站的第一网络设备中配置定位管理组件；第一网络设备将第一指示信息发送给终端设备，第一指示信息用于指示随机接入信道资源；终端设备可以根据随机接入信道资源，向第一网络设备、至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码；进而，终端设备接入到作为服务基站的第一网络设备、每一个作为邻区网络设 备的第二网络设备中；然后，第一网络设备中的定位管理组件分别每一个邻区网络设备之间进行交互，第一网络设备中的定位管理组件获取邻区网络设备测量的测量信息，每一个测量信息指示出了每一个邻区网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息；然后，第一网络设备中的定位管理组件根据所接收到测量信息进行计算，得到终端设备的准确位置。本实施例提供的方法，可以利用随机接入信道资源，完成多个网络设备对终端设备的位置测量，第一网络设备中的定位管理组件根据各个网络设备上报的测量信息进行计算，得到终端设备的准确位置，可以准确的对终端设备进行定位；并且，实现过程简单易行。
图17为本申请实施例提供的其他另一种终端设备定位方法的流程示意图，如图17所示，该方法包括：
S701、终端设备从第一网络设备接收第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示随机接入信道资源，第一指示信息还用于指示终端设备向第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码。
S702、终端设备将前导码发送给第一网络设备和每一个第二网络设备。
示例性地，第一指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第二指示信息；第二指示信息用于指示与小区对应的随机接入信道资源。
示例性地，第二指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
或者，第二指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
示例性地，本实施的各步骤，可以参见图15-16所示的各步骤，不再赘述。
图18为本申请实施例提供的一种定位管理网元的结构示意图。如图18所示，该定位管理网元包括：接收器181、发送器182和处理器183。
接收器181，用于从第一网络设备接收第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示第一随机接入信道资源。此时，接收器181可以执行图4所示方法的步骤S101；或者，接收器181可以执行图5所示方法的步骤S11。
发送器182，用于将第二指示信息发送给终端设备，第二指示信息用于指示第二随机接入信道资源，第二指示信息还用于指示终端设备向第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码。此时，发送器182可以执行图4所示方法的步骤S102；或者，发送器182可以执行图5所示方法的步骤S12。
发送器182，还用于将位置信息请求发送给第一网络设备和每一个第二网络设备。此时，发送器182可以执行图4所示方法的步骤S103；或者，发送器182可以执行图5所示方法的步骤S14。
接收器181，还用于从第一网络设备和每一个第二网络设备分别接收测量信息，测量信息用于指示网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息。此时，接收器181可以执行图4所示方法的步骤S104；或者，接收器181可以执行图5所示方法的步骤S15和S16。
处理器183，用于根据测量信息，确定终端设备的定位。此时，处理器183可以执行图4所示方法的步骤S105；或者，处理器183可以执行图5所示方法的步骤S17。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第一随机接入信道资源与第二随机接入信道资源相同。此时，上述接收器181、发送器182和处理器183的执行动作，可以参见图6或者图10的步骤。其中，接收器181可以执行图6的步骤S202和S205，发送器182可以执行图6的步骤S203和S204，处理器183可以执行图6所示方法的步骤S201和S206。或者，接收器181可以执行图10的步骤S23、S27和S28，发送器182可以执行图10的步骤S24和S26，处理器183可以执行图10所示方法的步骤S21和S29。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第一随机接入信道资源与第二随机接入信道资源不同，第一随机接入信道资源为与第一网络设备对应的资源。
接收器181，还用于从每一个第二网络设备接收第三指示信息，第三指示信息用于指示第三随机接入信道资源，每一个第三随机接入信道资源为与每一个第二网络设备对应的资源。此时，接收器181可以执行图11所示方法的步骤S303。
处理器183，还用于在发送器182将第二指示信息发送给终端设备之前，根据第一指示信息和每一个第三指示信息，确定第二指示信息。此时，处理器183可以执行图11所示方法的步骤S304。
在可选的一种实施方式中，发送器182，还用于：在接收器181从第一网络设备接收第一指示信息之前，将资源信息请求发送给第一网络设备和每一个第二网络设备，资源信息请求用于请求第一随机接入信道资源。此时，发送器182可以执行图11所示方法的步骤S301。此时，上述接收器181、发送器182和处理器183的执行动作，可以参见图11或者图12的步骤。其中，接收器181可以执行图11所示方法的步骤S302、S303和S307，发送器182可以执行图11所示方法的步骤S301、S305和S306，处理器183可以执行图11所示方法的步骤S304和S308。或者，接收器181可以执行图12所示方法的步骤S33、S34、S39和S391，发送器182可以执行图12所示方法的步骤S32、S36和S38，处理器183可以执行图12所示方法的步骤S31、S35和S392。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第二指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第四指示信息；第四指示信息用于指示与小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随 机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第一指示信息中包括以下的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第一指示信息中包括以下的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
在本实施例中，图18所示实施例的定位管理网元可用于执行上述方法中图4-图5、图6、图10、图11-图14所示实施例的技术方案，其实现原理和技术效果类似，此处不再赘述。
图19为本申请实施例提供的一种第一网络设备的结构示意图。如图19所示，该第一网络设备包括：发送器191、接收器192和处理器193。
发送器191，用于将第一指示信息发送给定位管理网元，第一指示信息用于指示第一随机接入信道资源。此时，接收器181可以执行图13所示方法的步骤S401。
接收器192，用于接收终端设备根据第二指示信息发送的前导码，第二指示信息用于指示第二随机接入信道资源，第二指示信息还用于指示终端设备向第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码。此时，接收器192可以执行图13所示方法的步骤S402。
接收器192，还用于接收定位管理网元发送的位置信息请求。此时，接收器192可以执行图13所示方法的步骤S403。
处理器193，用于根据位置信息请求，确定测量信息，测量信息用于指示网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息。此时，处理器193可以执行图13所示方法的步骤S404。
发送器191，还用于将测量信息发送给定位管理网元。此时，发送器191可以执 行图13所示方法的步骤S405。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第一随机接入信道资源与第二随机接入信道资源相同。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第一随机接入信道资源与第二随机接入信道资源不同，第一随机接入信道资源为与第一网络设备对应的资源；接收器192，还用于在发送器191将第一指示信息发送给定位管理网元之前，从定位管理网元接收资源信息请求，资源信息请求用于请求第一随机接入信道资源。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第二指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第四指示信息；第四指示信息用于指示与小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第一指示信息中包括以下的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第一指示信息中包括以下的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
在本实施例中，图19所示实施例的第一网络设备可用于执行上述方法中图4-图5、图6、图10、图11-图14所示实施例的技术方案，其实现原理和技术效果类似，此处不再赘述。
图20为本申请实施例提供的一种第二网络设备的结构示意图。如图20所示，该第二网络设备包括：发送器211、接收器212和处理器213；
发送器211，用于将第三指示信息发送给定位管理网元，第三指示信息用于指示第三随机接入信道资源，每一个第三随机接入信道资源为与每一个第二网络设备对应的资源。此时，发送器211可以执行图14所示方法的步骤S501。
接收器212，用于接收终端设备根据第二指示信息发送的前导码，第二指示信息用于指示第二随机接入信道资源，第二指示信息还用于指示终端设备向第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码，第二随机接入信道资源与第三随机接入信道资源不同。此时，接收器212可以执行图14所示方法的步骤S502。
接收器212，还用于接收定位管理网元发送的位置信息请求。此时，接收器212可以执行图14所示方法的步骤S503。
处理器213，用于根据位置信息请求，确定测量信息，测量信息用于指示网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息。此时，处理器213可以执行图14所示方法的步骤S504。
发送器211，还用于将测量信息发送给定位管理网元。此时，发送器211可以执行图14所示方法的步骤S505。
在可选的一种实施方式中，接收器212，还用于在发送器211将第三指示信息发送给定位管理网元之前，第二网络设备从定位管理网元接收将资源信息请求，资源信息请求用于请求第三随机接入信道资源和第一随机接入信道资源，第一随机接入信道资源为与第一网络设备对应的资源。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第二指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第四指示信息；第四指示信息用于指示与小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
在本实施例中，图20所示实施例的第二网络设备可用于执行上述方法中图4-图5、图6、图10、图11-图14所示实施例的技术方案，其实现原理和技术效果类似，此处不再赘述。
图21为本申请实施例提供的另一种第一网络设备的结构示意图。如图21所示， 该第一网络设备包括：发送器221、接收器222和处理器223。
发送器221，用于将第一指示信息发送给终端设备，第一指示信息用于指示随机接入信道资源，第一指示信息还用于指示终端设备向第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码。此时，发送器221可以执行图15所示方法的步骤S602；或者，发送器221可以执行图16所示方法的步骤S52。
接收器222，用于从终端设备接收前导码。此时，接收器222可以执行图15所示方法的步骤S603；或者，接收器222可以执行图16所示方法的步骤S53。
发送器221，还用于将位置信息请求发送给每一个第二网络设备。此时，发送器221可以执行图15所示方法的步骤S604；或者，发送器221可以执行图16所示方法的步骤S54。
接收器222，还用于从每一个第二网络设备接收测量信息，每一个测量信息用于指示每一个第二网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息。此时，接收器222可以执行图15所示方法的步骤S605；或者，接收器222可以执行图16所示方法的步骤S55。
处理器223，用于根据测量信息和第一网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息，对终端设备进行定位。此时，处理器223可以执行图15所示方法的步骤S606；或者，处理器223可以执行图16所示方法的步骤S56。
在可选的一种实施方式中，处理器223，还用于在发送器221将第一指示信息发送给终端设备之前，第一网络设备与至少一个第二网络设备协商随机接入信道资源。此时，处理器223可以执行图15所示方法的步骤S601；或者，处理器223可以执行图16所示方法的步骤S51。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第一指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第二指示信息；第二指示信息用于指示与小区对应的随机接入信道资源。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第二指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第二指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
在本实施例中，图21所示实施例的第一网络设备可用于执行上述方法中图15-图17所示实施例的技术方案，其实现原理和技术效果类似，此处不再赘述。
图22为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图。如图22所示，该终端 设备包括：发送器231和接收器232。终端设备还可以包括处理器233。
接收器232，用于从第一网络设备接收第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示随机接入信道资源，第一指示信息还用于指示终端设备向第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码。此时，接收器232可以执行图17所示方法的步骤S701。
发送器231，用于将前导码发送给第一网络设备和每一个第二网络设备。此时，发送器231可以执行图17所示方法的步骤S702。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第一指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第二指示信息；第二指示信息用于指示与小区对应的随机接入信道资源。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第二指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第二指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
在本实施例中，图22所示实施例的终端设备可用于执行上述方法中图15-图17所示实施例的技术方案，其实现原理和技术效果类似，此处不再赘述。
图23为本申请实施例提供的另一种定位管理网元的结构示意图。如图23所示，该定位管理网元包括：
第一接收单元241，用于从第一网络设备接收第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示第一随机接入信道资源。此时，第一接收单元241可以执行图4所示方法的步骤S101；或者，第一接收单元241可以执行图5所示方法的步骤S11。
第一发送单元242，用于将第二指示信息发送给终端设备，第二指示信息用于指示第二随机接入信道资源，第二指示信息还用于指示终端设备向第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码。此时，第一发送单元242可以执行图4所示方法的步骤S102；或者，第一发送单元242可以执行图5所示方法的步骤S12。
第二发送单元243，用于将位置信息请求发送给第一网络设备和每一个第二网络设备。此时，第二发送单元243可以执行图4所示方法的步骤S103；或者，第二发送单元243可以执行图5所示方法的步骤S14。
第二接收单元244，用于从第一网络设备和每一个第二网络设备分别接收测量信息，测量信息用于指示网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息。此时，第二接收单元244可以执行图4所示方法的步骤S104；或者，第二接收单元244可以执行图5所示方法 的步骤S15和S16。
第一确定单元245，用于根据测量信息，确定终端设备的定位。此时，第一确定单元245可以执行图4所示方法的步骤S105；或者，第一确定单元245可以执行图5所示方法的步骤S17。
在本实施例中，图18所示实施例的定位管理网元可用于执行上述方法中图4-图5、图6、图10、图11-图14所示实施例的技术方案，其实现原理和技术效果类似，此处不再赘述。
图24为本申请实施例提供的又一种定位管理网元的结构示意图。在图23所示实施例的基础上，如图24所示，该定位管理网元中，第一随机接入信道资源与第二随机接入信道资源相同。此时，定位管理网元中的各个单元和模块的执行动作，可以参见图6或者图10的步骤。
或者，该定位管理网元中，第一随机接入信道资源与第二随机接入信道资源不同，第一随机接入信道资源为与第一网络设备对应的资源；定位管理网元，还包括：第三接收单元246，用于从每一个第二网络设备接收第三指示信息，第三指示信息用于指示第三随机接入信道资源，每一个第三随机接入信道资源为与每一个第二网络设备对应的资源。此时，第三接收单元246可以执行图11所示方法的步骤S303。
定位管理网元，还包括：第二确定单元247，用于在第一发送单元242将第二指示信息发送给终端设备之前，根据第一指示信息和每一个第三指示信息，确定第二指示信息。此时，第二确定单元247可以执行图11所示方法的步骤S304。
定位管理网元，还包括：第三发送单元248，用于在第一接收单元241从第一网络设备接收第一指示信息之前，将资源信息请求发送给第一网络设备和每一个第二网络设备，资源信息请求用于请求第一随机接入信道资源。此时，第三发送单元248可以执行图11所示方法的步骤S301。
此时，定位管理网元中的各个单元和模块的执行动作，可以参见图6或者图10的步骤。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第二指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第四指示信息；第四指示信息用于指示与小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，物理随机 接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第一指示信息中包括以下的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第一指示信息中包括以下的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
在本实施例中，图18所示实施例的定位管理网元可用于执行上述方法中图4-图5、图6、图10、图11-图14所示实施例的技术方案，其实现原理和技术效果类似，此处不再赘述。
图25为本申请实施例提供的又一种第一网络设备的结构示意图。如图25所示，该第一网络设备包括：
第一发送单元261，用于将第一指示信息发送给定位管理网元，第一指示信息用于指示第一随机接入信道资源。此时，第一发送单元261可以执行图13所示方法的步骤S401。
第一接收单元262，用于接收终端设备根据第二指示信息发送的前导码，第二指示信息用于指示第二随机接入信道资源，第二指示信息还用于指示终端设备向第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码。此时，第一接收单元262可以执行图13所示方法的步骤S402。
第二接收单元263，用于接收定位管理网元发送的位置信息请求。此时，第二接收单元263可以执行图13所示方法的步骤S403。
确定单元264，用于根据位置信息请求，确定测量信息，测量信息用于指示网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息。此时，确定单元264可以执行图13所示方法的步骤S404。
第二发送单元265，用于将测量信息发送给定位管理网元。此时，第二发送单元265可以执行图13所示方法的步骤S405。
在本实施例中，图19所示实施例的第一网络设备可用于执行上述方法中图4-图5、图6、图10、图11-图14所示实施例的技术方案，其实现原理和技术效果类似，此处不再赘述。
图26为本申请实施例提供的再一种第一网络设备的结构示意图。在图25所示实 施例的基础上，如图26所示，该第一网络设备中，第一随机接入信道资源与第二随机接入信道资源相同。
或者，该第一网络设备中，第一随机接入信道资源与第二随机接入信道资源不同，第一随机接入信道资源为与第一网络设备对应的资源；第一网络设备，还包括：第三接收单元266，用于在第一发送单元261将第一指示信息发送给定位管理网元之前，从定位管理网元接收资源信息请求，资源信息请求用于请求第一随机接入信道资源。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第二指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第四指示信息；第四指示信息用于指示与小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第一指示信息中包括以下的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第一指示信息中包括以下的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
在本实施例中，图19所示实施例的第一网络设备可用于执行上述方法中图4-图5、图6、图10、图11-图14所示实施例的技术方案，其实现原理和技术效果类似，此处不再赘述。
图27为本申请实施例提供的另一种第二网络设备的结构示意图。如图27所示，该第二网络设备包括：
第一发送单元281，用于将第三指示信息发送给定位管理网元，第三指示信息用于指示第三随机接入信道资源，每一个第三随机接入信道资源为与每一个第二网络设备对应的资源。此时第一发送单元281可以执行图14所示方法的步骤S501。
第一接收单元282，用于接收终端设备根据第二指示信息发送的前导码，第二指示信息用于指示第二随机接入信道资源，第二指示信息还用于指示终端设备向第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码，第二随机接入信道资源与第三随机接入信道资源不同。此时，第一接收单元282可以执行图14所示方法的步骤S502。
第二接收单元283，用于接收定位管理网元发送的位置信息请求。此时，第二接收单元283可以执行图14所示方法的步骤S503。
确定单元284，用于根据位置信息请求，确定测量信息，测量信息用于指示网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息。此时，确定单元284可以执行图14所示方法的步骤S504。
第二发送单元285，用于将测量信息发送给定位管理网元。此时，第二发送单元285可以执行图14所示方法的步骤S505。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第二网络设备，还包括：
第三接收单元，用于在第一发送单元281将第三指示信息发送给定位管理网元之前，从定位管理网元接收将资源信息请求，资源信息请求用于请求第三随机接入信道资源和第一随机接入信道资源，第一随机接入信道资源为与第一网络设备对应的资源。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第二指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第四指示信息；第四指示信息用于指示与小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
在本实施例中，图20所示实施例的第二网络设备可用于执行上述方法中图4-图5、图6、图10、图11-图14所示实施例的技术方案，其实现原理和技术效果类似，此处不再赘述。
图28为本申请实施例提供的其他一种第一网络设备的结构示意图。如图28所示，该第一网络设备包括：
第一发送单元291，用于将第一指示信息发送给终端设备，第一指示信息用于指示随机接入信道资源，第一指示信息还用于指示终端设备向第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码。此时，第一发送单元291可以执行图15所示方法的步骤S602；或者，第一发送单元291可以执行图16所示方法的步骤S52。
第一接收单元292，用于从终端设备接收前导码。此时，第一接收单元292可以执行图15所示方法的步骤S603；或者，第一接收单元292可以执行图16所示方法的步骤S53。
第二发送单元293，用于将位置信息请求发送给每一个第二网络设备。此时，第二发送单元293可以执行图15所示方法的步骤S604；或者，第二发送单元293可以执行图16所示方法的步骤S54。
第二接收单元294，用于从每一个第二网络设备接收测量信息，每一个测量信息用于指示每一个第二网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息。此时，第二接收单元294可以执行图15所示方法的步骤S605；或者，第二接收单元294可以执行图16所示方法的步骤S55。
确定单元295，用于根据测量信息和第一网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息，对终端设备进行定位。此时，确定单元295可以执行图15所示方法的步骤S606；或者，确定单元295可以执行图16所示方法的步骤S56。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第一网络设备，还包括：第二确定单元，用于在第一发送单元291将第一指示信息发送给终端设备之前，与至少一个第二网络设备协商随机接入信道资源。此时第二确定单元可以执行图15所示方法的步骤S601；或者，第二确定单元可以执行图16所示方法的步骤S51。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第一指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第二指示信息；第二指示信息用于指示与小区对应的随机接入信道资源。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第二指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第二指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
在本实施例中，图21所示实施例的第一网络设备可用于执行上述方法中图15-图17所示实施例的技术方案，其实现原理和技术效果类似，此处不再赘述。
图29为本申请实施例提供的另一种终端设备的结构示意图。如图29所示，该终端设备包括：
接收单元311，用于从第一网络设备接收第一指示信息，第一指示信息用于指示随机接入信道资源，第一指示信息还用于指示终端设备向第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码。此时，接收单元311可以执行图17所示方法的步骤S701。
发送单元312，用于将前导码发送给第一网络设备和每一个第二网络设备。此时，发送单元312可以执行图17所示方法的步骤S702。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第一指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第二指示信息；第二指示信息用于指示与小区对应的随机接入信道资源。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第二指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
在可选的一种实施方式中，第二指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
在本实施例中，图22所示实施例的终端设备可用于执行上述方法中图15-图17所示实施例的技术方案，其实现原理和技术效果类似，此处不再赘述。
图30为本申请实施例提供的再一种定位管理网元的结构示意图。如图30所示，该定位管理网元可以用于执行图4-图5、图6、图10、图11-图14所示实施例中终端设备的动作或步骤，该定位管理网元包括：接收器3011、发送器3012和处理器3013。
图30所示实施例的定位管理网元可用于上述图4-图5、图6、图10、图11-图14中所示方法实施例的技术方案，或者执行图23-图24所示实施例各个模块的程序，其实现原理和技术效果类似，此处不再赘述。在本发明实施例中，上述各实施例之间可以相互参考和借鉴，相同或相似的步骤以及名词均不再一一赘述。
处理器3013调用该程序，执行以上方法实施例的操作，以实现23-图24所示的各个单元和模块。
其中，处理器3013也可以为控制器，图30中表示为“控制器/处理器3013”。发送器3011和接收器3012用于支持定位管理网元与上述实施例中的第一网络设备、第二网络设备、终端设备之间收发信息，以及支持定位管理网元与上述实施例中的第一 网络设备、第二网络设备、终端设备之间进行无线电通信。处理器3113执行各种用于与第一网络设备、第二网络设备、终端设备通信的功能。
进一步的，定位管理网元还可以包括存储器3014，存储器3014用于存储定位管理网元的程序代码和数据。此外，定位管理网元还可以包括通信接口3015。通信接口3015用于支持定位管理网元与其他网络实体、终端设备进行通信。
处理器3013例如中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)，还可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路，例如：一个或多个特定集成电路，或，一个或多个微处理器，或，一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列等。存储器3014可以是一个存储器，也可以是多个存储元件的统称。
图31为本申请实施例提供的其他另一种第一网络设备的结构示意图。如图31所示，该第一网络设备可以用于执行图4-图5、图6、图10、图11-图14所示实施例中第一网络设备的动作或步骤，该第一网络设备包括：接收器3111、发送器3112和处理器3113。
图31所示实施例的第一网络设备可用于上述图4-图5、图6、图10、图11-图14中所示方法实施例的技术方案，或者执行图25-26所示实施例各个模块的程序，其实现原理和技术效果类似，此处不再赘述。在本发明实施例中，上述各实施例之间可以相互参考和借鉴，相同或相似的步骤以及名词均不再一一赘述。
处理器3113调用该程序，执行以上方法实施例的操作，以实现图25-26所示的各个单元和模块。
其中，处理器3113也可以为控制器，图31中表示为“控制器/处理器3113”。发送器3111和接收器3112用于支持第一网络设备与上述实施例中的定位管理网元、第二网络设备、终端设备之间收发信息，以及支持第一网络设备与上述实施例中的定位管理网元、第二网络设备、终端设备之间进行无线电通信。处理器3113执行各种用于与终端设备通信的功能。
进一步的，第一网络设备还可以包括存储器3114，存储器3114用于存储第一网络设备的程序代码和数据。此外，第一网络设备还可以包括通信接口3115。通信接口3115用于支持第一网络设备与其他网络实体、终端设备进行通信。
处理器3113例如中央处理器，还可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路，例如：一个或多个特定集成电路，或，一个或多个微处理器，或，一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列等。存储器3114可以是一个存储器，也可以是多个存储元件的统称。
图32为本申请实施例提供的其他一种第二网络设备的结构示意图。如图32所示，该第二网络设备可以用于执行图4-图5、图6、图10、图11-图14所示实施例中第二网络设备的动作或步骤，该第二网络设备包括：接收器3211、发送器3212和处理器3213。
图32所示实施例的第二网络设备可用于上述图4-图5、图6、图10、图11-图14中所示方法实施例的技术方案，或者执行图27所示实施例各个模块的程序，其实现原理和技术效果类似，此处不再赘述。在本发明实施例中，上述各实施例之间可以相互参考和借鉴，相同或相似的步骤以及名词均不再一一赘述。
处理器3213调用该程序，执行以上方法实施例的操作，以实现图27所示的各个单元和模块。
其中，处理器3213也可以为控制器，图32中表示为“控制器/处理器3213”。发送器3211和接收器3212用于支持第二网络设备与上述实施例中的定位管理网元、第一网络设备、终端设备之间收发信息，以及支持第二网络设备与上述实施例中的定位管理网元、第一网络设备、终端设备之间进行无线电通信。处理器3213执行各种用于与终端设备通信的功能。
进一步的，第二网络设备还可以包括存储器3214，存储器3214用于存储第二网络设备的程序代码和数据。此外，第一网络设备还可以包括通信接口3215。通信接口3215用于支持第二网络设备与其他网络实体、终端设备进行通信。
处理器3213例如中央处理器，还可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路，例如：一个或多个特定集成电路，或，一个或多个微处理器，或，一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列等。存储器3214可以是一个存储器，也可以是多个存储元件的统称。
图33为本申请实施例提供的其他又一种第一网络设备的结构示意图。如图33所示，该第一网络设备可以用于执行图15-17所示实施例中第一网络设备的动作或步骤，该第一网络设备包括：接收器3311、发送器3312和处理器3313；第一网络设备中设置有定位管理组件3316。
图33所示实施例的第一网络设备可用于上述图15-17中所示方法实施例的技术方案，或者执行图28所示实施例各个模块的程序，其实现原理和技术效果类似，此处不再赘述。在本发明实施例中，上述各实施例之间可以相互参考和借鉴，相同或相似的步骤以及名词均不再一一赘述。
处理器3313调用该程序，执行以上方法实施例的操作，以实现图28所示的各个单元和模块。
其中，处理器3313也可以为控制器，图33中表示为“控制器/处理器3313”。发送器3311和接收器3312用于支持第一网络设备与上述实施例中的定位管理网元、第二网络设备、终端设备之间收发信息，以及支持第一网络设备与上述实施例中的定位管理网元、第二网络设备、终端设备之间进行无线电通信。处理器3313执行各种用于与终端设备通信的功能。
定位管理组件3316用于进行定位计算。
进一步的，第一网络设备还可以包括存储器3314，存储器3314用于存储第一网络设备的程序代码和数据。此外，第一网络设备还可以包括通信接口3315。通信接口3315用于支持第一网络设备与其他网络实体、终端设备进行通信。
处理器3313例如中央处理器，还可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路，例如：一个或多个特定集成电路，或，一个或多个微处理器，或，一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列等。存储器3314可以是一个存储器，也可以是多个存储元件的统称。
图34为本申请实施例提供的又一种终端设备的结构示意图。如图34所示，该该终端设备可以用于执行图15-17所示实施例中终端设备的动作或步骤，该终端设备包 括：接收器3411、发送器3412、处理器3413、存储器3414。
存储器3414，用于存储程序；
图34所示实施例的终端设备可用于上述图15-17中所示方法实施例的技术方案，或者执行图29所示实施例各个单元和模块的程序，其实现原理和技术效果类似，此处不再赘述。在本发明实施例中，上述各实施例之间可以相互参考和借鉴，相同或相似的步骤以及名词均不再一一赘述。
接收器3411、发送器3412可以与天线连接。在下行方向上，接收器3411、发送器3412通过天线接收网络设备发送的信息，并将信息发送给处理器3413进行处理。在上行方向上，处理器3413对终端设备的数据进行处理，并通过发送器3412发送给网络设备。
接收器3411、发送器3412、处理器3413、存储器3414通过总线3415进行连接和通信。
该存储器3414用于存储实现以上方法实施例，或者图29所示实施例各个单元和模块的程序，处理器3413调用该程序，执行以上方法实施例的操作，以实现图29所示的各个单元和模块。
或者，以上各个单元和模块的部分或全部也可以通过集成电路的形式内嵌于该用设备的某一个芯片上来实现。且它们可以单独实现，也可以集成在一起。即以上这些模块可以被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路，例如：一个或多个特定集成电路(application specific integrated circuit，ASIC)，或，一个或多个微处理器(digital singnal processor，DSP)，或，一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)等。
本申请实施例提供了一种通信系统，该通信系统包括图30所提供的定位管理网元、图31所提供的第一网络设备和图32所提供的第二网络设备。
本申请实施例提供了另一种通信系统，该通信系统包括图33所提供的第一网络设备和图34所提供的终端设备。
本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，包括指令或程序，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述图4-图5、图6、图10、图11-图14所示实施例中定位管理网元的各步骤。
本申请实施例提供了另一种计算机可读存储介质，包括指令或程序，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述图4-图5、图6、图10、图11-图14所示实施例中第一网络设备的各步骤。
本申请实施例提供了又一种计算机可读存储介质，包括指令或程序，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述图4-图5、图6、图10、图11-图14所示实施例中第二网络设备的各步骤。
本申请实施例提供了再一种计算机可读存储介质，包括指令或程序，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述图15-图17所示实施例中第一网络设备的各步骤。
本申请实施例提供了其他一种计算机可读存储介质，包括指令或程序，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述图15-图17所示实施例中终端设备的各步骤。
本申请实施例提供了一种计算机程序产品，包括程序代码，当计算机运行程序代 码时，用于执行上述图4-图5、图6、图10、图11-图14所示实施例中定位管理网元的各步骤。
本申请实施例提供了另一种计算机程序产品，包括程序代码，当计算机运行程序代码时，用于执行上述图4-图5、图6、图10、图11-图14所示实施例中第一网络设备的各步骤。
本申请实施例提供了又一种计算机程序产品，包括程序代码，当计算机运行程序代码时，用于执行上述图4-图5、图6、图10、图11-图14所示实施例中第二网络设备的各步骤。
本申请实施例提供了再一种计算机程序产品，包括程序代码，当计算机运行程序代码时，用于执行上述图15-图17所示实施例中第一网络设备的各步骤。
本申请实施例提供了其他一种计算机程序产品，包括程序代码，当计算机运行程序代码时，用于执行执行上述图15-图17所示实施例中终端设备的各步骤。
在上述实施例中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例的流程或功能。计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如，同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line，DSL))或无线(例如，红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质，(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如，固态硬盘(solid state disk，SSD))等。
本领域技术人员应该可以意识到，在上述一个或多个示例中，本申请实施例所描述的功能可以用硬件、软件、固件或它们的任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以将这些功能存储在计算机可读介质中或者作为计算机可读介质上的一个或多个指令或代码进行传输。计算机可读介质包括计算机存储介质和通信介质，其中通信介质包括便于从一个地方向另一个地方传送计算机程序的任何介质。存储介质可以是通用或专用计算机能够存取的任何可用介质。
以上所述，仅为本发明的具体实施方式，但本发明的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本发明揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围之内。因此，本发明的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (46)

  1. 一种基于前导码的定位方法，其特征在于，包括：
    定位管理网元从第一网络设备接收第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示第一随机接入信道资源；
    所述定位管理网元将第二指示信息发送给终端设备，第二指示信息用于指示第二随机接入信道资源，所述第二指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备向所述第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码；
    所述定位管理网元将位置信息请求发送给所述第一网络设备和每一个所述第二网络设备；
    所述定位管理网元从所述第一网络设备和每一个所述第二网络设备分别接收测量信息，所述测量信息用于指示网络设备测量的所述终端设备的位置信息；
    所述定位管理网元根据所述测量信息，确定所述终端设备的定位。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一随机接入信道资源与所述第二随机接入信道资源相同。
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一随机接入信道资源与所述第二随机接入信道资源不同，所述第一随机接入信道资源为与所述第一网络设备对应的资源；所述方法，还包括：
    所述定位管理网元从每一个所述第二网络设备接收第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示第三随机接入信道资源，每一个所述第三随机接入信道资源为与每一个所述第二网络设备对应的资源；
    在所述定位管理网元将第二指示信息发送给终端设备之前，还包括：
    所述定位管理网元根据所述第一指示信息和每一个所述第三指示信息，确定所述第二指示信息。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述定位管理网元从第一网络设备接收第一指示信息之前，还包括：
    所述定位管理网元将资源信息请求发送给所述第一网络设备和每一个所述第二网络设备，所述资源信息请求用于请求所述第一随机接入信道资源。
  5. 根据权利要求1-4任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第四指示信息；所述第四指示信息用于指示与所述小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
    消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；
    所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
  7. 根据权利要求5所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
    消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；
    所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，所述物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
  8. 一种基于前导码的定位方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第一网络设备将第一指示信息发送给定位管理网元，所述第一指示信息用于指示第一随机接入信道资源；
    所述第一网络设备接收终端设备根据第二指示信息发送的前导码，第二指示信息用于指示第二随机接入信道资源，所述第二指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备向所述第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码；
    所述第一网络设备接收所述定位管理网元发送的位置信息请求；
    所述第一网络设备根据所述位置信息请求，确定测量信息，所述测量信息用于指示网络设备测量的所述终端设备的位置信息；
    所述第一网络设备将所述测量信息发送给所述定位管理网元。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一随机接入信道资源与所述第二随机接入信道资源相同。
  10. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一随机接入信道资源与所述第二随机接入信道资源不同，所述第一随机接入信道资源为与所述第一网络设备对应的资源；在所述第一网络设备将第一指示信息发送给定位管理网元之前，还包括：
    所述第一网络设备从所述定位管理网元接收资源信息请求，所述资源信息请求用于请求所述第一随机接入信道资源。
  11. 根据权利要求8-10任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第四指示信息；所述第四指示信息用于指示与所述小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
    消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；
    所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
  13. 根据权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
    消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接 入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；
    所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，所述物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
  14. 一种基于前导码的定位方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第一网络设备将第一指示信息发送给终端设备，所述第一指示信息用于指示随机接入信道资源，所述第一指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备向所述第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码；
    所述第一网络设备从所述终端设备接收前导码；
    所述第一网络设备将位置信息请求发送给每一个所述第二网络设备；
    所述第一网络设备从每一个所述第二网络设备接收测量信息，每一个所述测量信息用于指示每一个第二网络设备测量的所述终端设备的位置信息；
    所述第一网络设备根据所述测量信息和所述第一网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息，对所述终端设备进行定位。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一网络设备将第一指示信息发送给终端设备之前，还包括：
    所述第一网络设备与所述至少一个第二网络设备协商所述随机接入信道资源。
  16. 根据权利要求14或15所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第二指示信息；所述第二指示信息用于指示与所述小区对应的所述随机接入信道资源。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
    消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；
    所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
  18. 根据权利要求16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
    消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；
    所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，所述物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
  19. 一种基于前导码的定位方法，其特征在于，包括：
    终端设备从第一网络设备接收第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示随机接入信道资源，所述第一指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备向所述第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码；
    所述终端设备将前导码发送给所述第一网络设备和每一个所述第二网络设备。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第二指示信息；所述第二指示信息用于指示与所述小区对应的所述随机接入信道资源。
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
    消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；
    所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
  22. 根据权利要求20所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
    消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；
    所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，所述物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
  23. 一种定位管理网元，其特征在于，包括：
    接收器、发送器和处理器；
    所述接收器，用于从第一网络设备接收第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示第一随机接入信道资源；
    所述发送器，用于将第二指示信息发送给终端设备，第二指示信息用于指示第二随机接入信道资源，所述第二指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备向所述第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码；
    所述发送器，还用于将位置信息请求发送给所述第一网络设备和每一个所述第二网络设备；
    所述接收器，还用于从所述第一网络设备和每一个所述第二网络设备分别接收测量信息，所述测量信息用于指示网络设备测量的所述终端设备的位置信息；
    所述处理器，用于根据所述测量信息，确定所述终端设备的定位。
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的定位管理网元，其特征在于，所述第一随机接入信道资源与所述第二随机接入信道资源相同。
  25. 根据权利要求23所述的定位管理网元，其特征在于，所述第一随机接入信道资源与所述第二随机接入信道资源不同，所述第一随机接入信道资源为与所述第一网络设备对应的资源；
    所述接收器，还用于从每一个所述第二网络设备接收第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示第三随机接入信道资源，每一个所述第三随机接入信道资源为与每一个所述第二网络设备对应的资源；
    所述处理器，还用于在所述发送器将第二指示信息发送给终端设备之前，根据所述第一指示信息和每一个所述第三指示信息，确定所述第二指示信息。
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的定位管理网元，其特征在于，所述发送器，还用于：
    在所述接收器从第一网络设备接收第一指示信息之前，将资源信息请求发送给所述第一网络设备和每一个所述第二网络设备，所述资源信息请求用于请求所述第一随机接入信道资源。
  27. 根据权利要求23-26任一项所述的定位管理网元，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第四指示信息；所述第四指示信息用于指示与所述小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的定位管理网元，其特征在于，所述第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
    消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；
    所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
  29. 根据权利要求27所述的定位管理网元，其特征在于，所述第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
    消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；
    所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，所述物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
  30. 一种第一网络设备，其特征在于，包括：
    发送器、接收器和处理器；
    所述发送器，用于将第一指示信息发送给定位管理网元，所述第一指示信息用于指示第一随机接入信道资源；
    所述接收器，用于接收终端设备根据第二指示信息发送的前导码，第二指示信息用于指示第二随机接入信道资源，所述第二指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备向所述第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码；
    所述接收器，还用于接收所述定位管理网元发送的位置信息请求；
    所述处理器，用于根据所述位置信息请求，确定测量信息，所述测量信息用于指示网络设备测量的所述终端设备的位置信息；
    所述发送器，还用于将所述测量信息发送给所述定位管理网元。
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的第一网络设备，其特征在于，所述第一随机接入信道资源与所述第二随机接入信道资源相同。
  32. 根据权利要求30所述的第一网络设备，其特征在于，所述第一随机接入信道资源与所述第二随机接入信道资源不同，所述第一随机接入信道资源为与所述第一网络设备对应的资源；
    所述接收器，还用于在所述发送器将第一指示信息发送给定位管理网元之前，从所述定位管理网元接收资源信息请求，所述资源信息请求用于请求所述第一随机接入信道资源。
  33. 根据权利要求30-32任一项所述的第一网络设备，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第四指示信息；所述第四指示信息用于指示与所述小区对应的第二随机接入信道资源。
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的第一网络设备，其特征在于，所述第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
    消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；
    所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
  35. 根据权利要求33所述的第一网络设备，其特征在于，所述第四指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
    消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；
    所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，所述物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
  36. 一种第一网络设备，其特征在于，包括：
    发送器、接收器和处理器；
    所述发送器，用于将第一指示信息发送给终端设备，所述第一指示信息用于指示随机接入信道资源，所述第一指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备向所述第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码；
    所述接收器，用于从所述终端设备接收前导码；
    所述发送器，还用于将位置信息请求发送给每一个所述第二网络设备；
    所述接收器，还用于从每一个所述第二网络设备接收测量信息，每一个所述测量信息用于指示每一个第二网络设备测量的所述终端设备的位置信息；
    所述处理器，用于根据所述测量信息和所述第一网络设备测量的终端设备的位置信息，对所述终端设备进行定位。
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的第一网络设备，其特征在于，所述处理器，还用于在所述发送器将第一指示信息发送给终端设备之前，所述第一网络设备与所述至少一个第二网络设备协商所述随机接入信道资源。
  38. 根据权利要求36或37所述的第一网络设备，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第二指示信息；所述第二指示信息用于指示与所述小区对应的所述随机接入信道资源。
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的第一网络设备，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
    消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；
    所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
  40. 根据权利要求38所述的第一网络设备，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
    消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；
    所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，所述物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
  41. 一种终端设备，其特征在于，包括：
    发送器和接收器，
    所述接收器，用于从第一网络设备接收第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示随机接入信道资源，所述第一指示信息还用于指示所述终端设备向所述第一网络设备和至少一个第二网络设备发送前导码；
    所述发送器，用于将前导码发送给所述第一网络设备和每一个所述第二网络设备。
  42. 根据权利要求41所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息中包括每一个小区的标识、每一个小区对应的第二指示信息；所述第二指示信息用于指示与所述小区对应的所述随机接入信道资源。
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
    消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、 每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、同步信号-广播信道资源块的索引；
    所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量。
  44. 根据权利要求42所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述第二指示信息中包括以下信息中的一种或多种：
    消息1频分复用、消息1频率开始、随机接入同步信号-广播信道资源块时机掩码、每一个物理随机接入信道时机所对应的同步信号-广播信道资源块的个数、物理随机接入信道配置索引、随机接入前导码的索引、信道状态信息参考信号的索引、物理随机接入信道时机列表；
    所述消息1频分复用为每一时刻的物理随机接入信道时机的数量，所述消息1频率开始为开始物理随机接入信道时机相对于物理资源块0的偏移量，所述物理随机接入信道时机列表用于指示物理随机接入信道时机与信道状态信息参考信号之间的对应关系。
  45. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，包括指令，当其在所述计算机上运行时，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至7任一项所述的方法，或者，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求8至13任一项所述的方法，或者，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求14至18任一项所述的方法，或者，使得所述计算机执行如权利要求19至22任一项所述的方法。
  46. 一种计算机程序产品，其特征在于，包括程序代码，当所述计算机运行所述程序代码时，用于执行如权利要求1至7任一项所述的方法，或者，用于执行如权利要求8至13任一项所述的方法，或者，用于执行如权利要求14至18任一项所述的方法，或者，用于执行如权利要求19至22任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2019/109760 2019-09-30 2019-09-30 基于前导码的定位方法和设备 WO2021062831A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201980100858.6A CN114503703B (zh) 2019-09-30 2019-09-30 基于前导码的定位方法和设备
PCT/CN2019/109760 WO2021062831A1 (zh) 2019-09-30 2019-09-30 基于前导码的定位方法和设备
EP19947762.1A EP4040872A4 (en) 2019-09-30 2019-09-30 METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PREAMBLE BASED POSITIONING
US17/709,142 US20220225426A1 (en) 2019-09-30 2022-03-30 Preamble-based locating method and device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2019/109760 WO2021062831A1 (zh) 2019-09-30 2019-09-30 基于前导码的定位方法和设备

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/709,142 Continuation US20220225426A1 (en) 2019-09-30 2022-03-30 Preamble-based locating method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021062831A1 true WO2021062831A1 (zh) 2021-04-08

Family

ID=75336755

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/109760 WO2021062831A1 (zh) 2019-09-30 2019-09-30 基于前导码的定位方法和设备

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US20220225426A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4040872A4 (zh)
CN (1) CN114503703B (zh)
WO (1) WO2021062831A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023273867A1 (zh) * 2021-06-30 2023-01-05 北京紫光展锐通信技术有限公司 随机接入方法及相关装置

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101883423A (zh) * 2009-05-07 2010-11-10 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种确定终端的位置信息的方法、系统和装置
US20190058629A1 (en) * 2017-08-18 2019-02-21 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Facilitating beam recovery request for 5g or other next generation network
CN110049557A (zh) * 2018-01-17 2019-07-23 华为技术有限公司 随机接入方法及装置

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102045839B (zh) * 2009-10-16 2013-07-03 电信科学技术研究院 一种确定用户终端的位置信息的方法、系统和装置
CN107580795B (zh) * 2015-05-18 2021-06-08 杜塞尔多夫华为技术有限公司 移动无线通信设备和方法
WO2017014910A1 (en) * 2015-07-23 2017-01-26 Qualcomm Incorporated Unintrusive position tracking using physical random access channel
WO2017190274A1 (zh) * 2016-05-03 2017-11-09 华为技术有限公司 一种资源分配方法、网络侧设备和终端设备
WO2018028925A1 (en) * 2016-08-10 2018-02-15 Sony Corporation Methods, network, integrated cuircuity and apparatus for telecommunications device location
CN109600814B (zh) * 2017-09-30 2021-06-22 华为技术有限公司 一种发送定位信号的方法及设备
EP3963353A1 (en) * 2019-05-02 2022-03-09 Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) Multi-cell rtt measurements and signaling thereof

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101883423A (zh) * 2009-05-07 2010-11-10 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种确定终端的位置信息的方法、系统和装置
US20190058629A1 (en) * 2017-08-18 2019-02-21 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Facilitating beam recovery request for 5g or other next generation network
CN110049557A (zh) * 2018-01-17 2019-07-23 华为技术有限公司 随机接入方法及装置

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
NOKIA, NOKIA SHANGHAI BELL: "Summary of Remaining Details on RACH Procedure", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1801274 SUMMARY OF REMAININ DETAILS ON RACH PROCEDURE, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. Vancouver, BC, Canada; 20180122 - 20180126, 29 January 2018 (2018-01-29), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP051385493 *
TS38.211 IN THE 3GPP

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023273867A1 (zh) * 2021-06-30 2023-01-05 北京紫光展锐通信技术有限公司 随机接入方法及相关装置

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114503703A (zh) 2022-05-13
US20220225426A1 (en) 2022-07-14
EP4040872A1 (en) 2022-08-10
CN114503703B (zh) 2023-10-10
EP4040872A4 (en) 2022-10-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20210219254A1 (en) Time synchronization method and apparatus
KR101284063B1 (ko) 사용자 단말의 위치 정보를 확정하는 방법, 시스템 및 장치
US20220039045A1 (en) Time synchronization method, ue, base station, device and computer readable storage medium
US20220272014A1 (en) Systems and methods for multiple round trip time (rtt) estimation in wireless networks
TW202123744A (zh) 用於定位參考信號處理之計算複雜度框架
AU2020279221A1 (en) Fallback procedures when the path loss or spatial transmit quasi-collocation (QCL) reference from neighboring cells is failing for sounding reference signals (SRS) for positioning
US20210045160A1 (en) Flexible demodulation reference signal configuration for msg3
WO2021027346A1 (zh) 公共定时提前的指示方法、装置、设备及存储介质
CN111165032A (zh) 新无线电中的定时提前范围适配
WO2021000951A1 (zh) 信号传输方法及装置
JP2023525985A (ja) タイミンググループ遅延に関連付けられた時間ドリフト情報
WO2020248792A1 (zh) 一种随机接入方法及装置
US10764848B2 (en) Inter-base-station synchronization method and device
US20240129781A1 (en) Prioritization of positioning-related reports in uplink
TW202239249A (zh) 影響用於定位的量測週期制定的因素
WO2020037660A1 (zh) 数据传输方法和装置
TW202228470A (zh) 無線電資源控制（ｒｒｃ）非活動模式定位
US20220225426A1 (en) Preamble-based locating method and device
WO2022161503A1 (zh) 终端的定位方法、装置、设备、存储介质及程序产品
WO2024031590A1 (zh) 用于定位的无线通信方法、装置、设备、系统及存储介质
WO2022206306A1 (zh) 一种通信方法和装置
WO2023104123A1 (zh) 一种通信方法、装置及设备
WO2023147699A1 (en) Positioning reference signal configuration and measurement update
WO2023045741A1 (zh) 定位方法及装置、可读存储介质
WO2023011196A1 (zh) 一种时间误差信息的更新方法以及相关装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19947762

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019947762

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20220413